1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 132 const IdentifierInfo &II, 133 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 134 // Find the first parent class template context, if any. 135 // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates. 136 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 137 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { 138 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 139 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 140 break; 141 } 142 if (!RD) 143 return ParsedType(); 144 145 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 146 // templates. 147 bool FoundTypeDecl = false; 148 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 149 auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>(); 150 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 151 continue; 152 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 153 if (!TD) 154 continue; 155 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 156 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 157 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 158 continue; 159 // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly 160 // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism. 161 for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) { 162 if (FoundTypeDecl) 163 return ParsedType(); 164 FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND); 165 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 166 return ParsedType(); 167 } 168 } 169 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 170 return ParsedType(); 171 172 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 173 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 174 // lookup during template instantiation. 175 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 176 177 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 178 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 179 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 180 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 181 182 CXXScopeSpec SS; 183 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 184 185 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 186 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 187 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 188 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 189 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 190 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 191 } 192 193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 194 /// return the declaration of that type. 195 /// 196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 202 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 203 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 204 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 205 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 206 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 207 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 208 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 209 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 210 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 211 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 212 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 213 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 214 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 215 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 216 217 if (!LookupCtx) { 218 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 219 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 220 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 221 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 222 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 223 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 224 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 225 // 226 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 227 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 228 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 229 return ParsedType(); 230 231 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 232 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 233 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 234 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 235 236 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 237 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 238 II, NameLoc); 239 return ParsedType::make(T); 240 } 241 242 return ParsedType(); 243 } 244 245 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 246 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 247 return ParsedType(); 248 } 249 250 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 251 // lookup for class-names. 252 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 253 LookupOrdinaryName; 254 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 255 if (LookupCtx) { 256 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 257 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 258 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 259 // nested-name-specifier. 260 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 261 262 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 263 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 264 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 265 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 266 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 267 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 268 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 269 LookupName(Result, S); 270 } 271 } else { 272 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 273 LookupName(Result, S); 274 275 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 276 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 277 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 278 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 279 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 280 return TypeInBase; 281 } 282 } 283 284 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 285 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 286 case LookupResult::NotFound: 287 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 288 if (CorrectedII) { 289 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 290 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 291 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 292 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 293 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 294 TemplateTy Template; 295 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 296 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 297 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 298 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 299 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 300 if (SS && NNS) { 301 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 302 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 303 } 304 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 305 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 306 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 307 // is handled elsewhere). 308 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 309 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 310 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 311 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 312 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 313 IsCtorOrDtorName, 314 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 315 if (Ty) { 316 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 317 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 318 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 319 if (SS && NNS) 320 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 321 *CorrectedII = NewII; 322 return Ty; 323 } 324 } 325 } 326 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 327 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 328 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 329 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 330 return ParsedType(); 331 332 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 333 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 334 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 335 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 336 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 337 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 338 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 339 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 340 return ParsedType(); 341 } 342 343 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 344 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 345 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 346 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 347 if (!IIDecl || 348 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 349 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 350 IIDecl = *Res; 351 } 352 } 353 354 if (!IIDecl) { 355 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 356 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 357 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 358 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 359 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 360 // a type name. 361 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 362 return ParsedType(); 363 } 364 365 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 366 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 367 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 368 // perform the name lookup again. 369 break; 370 371 case LookupResult::Found: 372 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 373 break; 374 } 375 376 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 377 378 QualType T; 379 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 380 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 381 382 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 383 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 384 385 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 386 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 387 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 388 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 389 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 390 // Construct a type with type-source information. 391 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 392 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 393 394 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 395 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 396 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 397 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 398 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 399 } else { 400 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 401 } 402 } 403 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 404 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 405 if (!HasTrailingDot) 406 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 407 } 408 409 if (T.isNull()) { 410 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 411 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 412 return ParsedType(); 413 } 414 return ParsedType::make(T); 415 } 416 417 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 418 static NestedNameSpecifier * 419 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 420 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 421 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 422 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 423 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 424 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 425 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 426 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 427 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 428 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 429 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 430 } 431 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 432 } 433 434 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 435 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 436 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 437 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 438 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 439 440 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 441 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 442 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 443 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 444 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 445 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 446 447 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 448 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 449 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 450 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 451 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 452 453 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 454 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 455 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 456 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 457 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 458 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 459 } 460 461 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 462 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 463 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 464 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 465 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 466 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 467 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 468 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 469 LookupName(R, S, false); 470 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 471 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 472 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 473 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 474 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 475 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 476 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 477 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 478 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 479 } 480 } 481 482 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 483 } 484 485 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 486 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 487 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 488 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 489 /// @code 490 /// template<class T> class A { 491 /// public: 492 /// typedef int TYPE; 493 /// }; 494 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 495 /// public: 496 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 497 /// }; 498 /// @endcode 499 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 500 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 501 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 502 return true; 503 504 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 505 506 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 507 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 508 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 509 return true; 510 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 511 } 512 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 513 } 514 515 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 516 SourceLocation IILoc, 517 Scope *S, 518 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 519 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 520 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 521 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 522 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 523 524 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 525 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 526 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 527 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 528 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 529 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 530 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 531 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 532 // We corrected to a keyword. 533 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 534 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 535 } else { 536 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 537 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 538 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 539 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 540 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 541 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 542 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 543 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 544 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 545 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 546 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 547 } else { 548 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 549 } 550 551 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 552 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 553 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 554 SourceRange(IILoc)); 555 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 556 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 557 false, ParsedType(), 558 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 559 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 560 } 561 return; 562 } 563 564 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 565 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 566 UnqualifiedId Name; 567 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 568 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 569 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 570 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 571 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 572 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 573 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 574 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 575 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 576 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 577 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 578 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 579 } 580 return; 581 } 582 } 583 584 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 585 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 586 587 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 588 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 589 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 590 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 591 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 592 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 593 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 594 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 595 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 596 597 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 598 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 599 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 600 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 601 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 602 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 603 } else { 604 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 605 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 606 } 607 } 608 609 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 610 /// or 611 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 612 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 613 NextToken.is(tok::less); 614 615 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 616 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 617 return true; 618 619 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 620 return true; 621 } 622 623 return false; 624 } 625 626 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 627 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 628 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 629 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 630 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 631 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 632 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 633 StringRef FixItTagName; 634 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 635 case TTK_Class: 636 FixItTagName = "class "; 637 break; 638 639 case TTK_Enum: 640 FixItTagName = "enum "; 641 break; 642 643 case TTK_Struct: 644 FixItTagName = "struct "; 645 break; 646 647 case TTK_Interface: 648 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 649 break; 650 651 case TTK_Union: 652 FixItTagName = "union "; 653 break; 654 } 655 656 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 657 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 658 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 659 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 660 661 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 662 I != IEnd; ++I) 663 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 664 << Name << TagName; 665 666 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 667 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 668 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 669 return true; 670 } 671 672 return false; 673 } 674 675 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 676 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 677 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 678 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 679 680 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 681 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 682 683 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 684 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 685 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 686 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 687 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 688 } 689 690 Sema::NameClassification 691 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 692 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 693 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 694 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 695 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 696 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 697 698 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 699 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 700 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 701 } 702 703 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 704 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 705 706 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 707 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 708 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 709 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 710 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 711 return TypeInBase; 712 } 713 714 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 715 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 716 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 717 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 718 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 719 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 720 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 721 return E; 722 } 723 724 bool SecondTry = false; 725 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 726 727 Corrected: 728 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 729 case LookupResult::NotFound: 730 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 731 // call. 732 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 733 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 734 // FIXME: Reference? 735 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 736 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 737 738 // C90 6.3.2.2: 739 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 740 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 741 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 742 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 743 // the function call, the declaration 744 // 745 // extern int identifier (); 746 // 747 // appeared. 748 // 749 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 750 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 751 Result.addDecl(D); 752 Result.resolveKind(); 753 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 754 } 755 } 756 757 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 758 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 759 // "struct", or "union". 760 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 761 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 762 break; 763 } 764 765 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 766 // close to this name. 767 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 768 SecondTry = true; 769 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 770 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 771 &SS, std::move(CCC), 772 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 773 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 774 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 775 776 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 777 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 778 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 781 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 782 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 783 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 784 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 785 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 786 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 787 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 788 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 789 } 790 791 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 792 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 793 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 794 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 795 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 796 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 797 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 798 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 799 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 800 } 801 802 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 803 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 804 805 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 806 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 807 return Name; 808 809 // Also update the LookupResult... 810 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 811 Result.clear(); 812 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 813 if (FirstDecl) 814 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 815 816 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 817 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 818 // reference the ivar. 819 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 820 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 821 Result.clear(); 822 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 823 return E; 824 } 825 826 goto Corrected; 827 } 828 } 829 830 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 831 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 832 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 833 834 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 835 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 836 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 837 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 838 839 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 840 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 841 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 842 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 843 // qualified by the keyword typename. 844 // 845 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 846 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 847 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 848 // keyword here. 849 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 850 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 851 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 852 } 853 854 case LookupResult::Found: 855 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 856 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 857 break; 858 859 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 860 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 861 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 862 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 863 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 864 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 865 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 866 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 867 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 868 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 869 // ambiguous. 870 // 871 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 872 // so try again after filtering out template names. 873 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 874 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 875 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 876 break; 877 } 878 } 879 880 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 881 return NameClassification::Error(); 882 } 883 884 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 885 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 886 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 887 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 888 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 889 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 890 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 891 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 892 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 893 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 894 895 if (!Result.empty()) { 896 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 897 bool IsVarTemplate; 898 TemplateName Template; 899 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 900 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 901 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 902 Result.end()); 903 } else { 904 TemplateDecl *TD 905 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 906 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 907 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 908 909 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 910 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 911 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 912 TD); 913 else 914 Template = TemplateName(TD); 915 } 916 917 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 918 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 919 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 920 // to based on which function we selected. 921 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 922 923 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 924 } 925 926 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 927 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 928 } 929 } 930 931 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 932 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 933 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 934 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 935 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 936 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 937 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 938 return ParsedType::make(T); 939 } 940 941 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 942 if (!Class) { 943 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 944 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 945 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 946 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 947 } 948 949 if (Class) { 950 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 951 952 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 953 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 954 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 955 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 956 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 957 } 958 959 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 960 return ParsedType::make(T); 961 } 962 963 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 964 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 965 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 966 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 967 968 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 969 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 970 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 971 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 972 (NextIsOp && 973 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 974 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 975 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 976 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 977 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 978 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 979 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 980 return ParsedType::make(T); 981 } 982 983 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 984 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 985 nullptr); 986 987 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 988 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 989 } 990 991 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 992 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 993 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 994 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 995 996 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 997 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 998 // the context we'll need to return to. 999 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1000 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1001 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1002 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1003 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1004 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1005 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1006 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1007 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1008 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1009 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1010 1011 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1012 // lexical context. 1013 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1014 return DC; 1015 1016 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1017 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1018 // class is the context we need to return to. 1019 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1020 DC = RD; 1021 1022 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1023 // declared in. 1024 return DC; 1025 } 1026 1027 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1028 } 1029 1030 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1031 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1032 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1033 CurContext = DC; 1034 S->setEntity(DC); 1035 } 1036 1037 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1038 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1039 1040 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1041 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1042 } 1043 1044 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1045 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1046 /// 1047 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1048 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1049 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1050 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1051 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1052 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1053 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1054 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1055 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1056 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1057 // namespace. 1058 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1059 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1060 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1061 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1062 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1063 1064 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1065 1066 #ifndef NDEBUG 1067 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1068 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1069 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1070 #endif 1071 1072 CurContext = DC; 1073 S->setEntity(DC); 1074 } 1075 1076 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1077 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1078 1079 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1080 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1081 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1082 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1083 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1084 1085 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1086 // disappear. 1087 } 1088 1089 1090 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1091 // We assume that the caller has already called 1092 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1093 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1094 if (!FD) 1095 return; 1096 1097 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1098 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1099 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1100 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1101 CurContext = FD; 1102 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1103 1104 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1105 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1106 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1107 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1108 S->AddDecl(Param); 1109 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1110 } 1111 } 1112 } 1113 1114 1115 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1116 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1117 // rather than the top-level class. 1118 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1119 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1120 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1121 } 1122 1123 1124 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1125 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1126 /// 1127 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1128 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1129 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1130 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1131 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1132 /// attribute. 1133 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1134 ASTContext &Context) { 1135 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1136 return true; 1137 1138 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1139 return true; 1140 1141 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1142 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1143 } 1144 1145 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1146 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1147 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1148 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1149 // scope. 1150 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1151 S = S->getParent(); 1152 1153 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1154 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1155 // into any context. 1156 if (AddToContext) 1157 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1158 1159 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1160 // are function-local declarations. 1161 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1162 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1163 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1164 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1165 return; 1166 1167 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1168 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1169 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1170 return; 1171 1172 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1173 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1174 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1175 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1176 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1177 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1178 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1179 1180 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1181 break; 1182 } 1183 } 1184 1185 S->AddDecl(D); 1186 1187 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1188 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1189 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1190 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1191 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1192 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1193 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1194 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1195 continue; 1196 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1197 break; 1198 } 1199 1200 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1201 } else { 1202 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1203 } 1204 } 1205 1206 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1207 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1208 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1209 } 1210 1211 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1212 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1213 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1214 } 1215 1216 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1217 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1218 do { 1219 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1220 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1221 return S; 1222 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1223 1224 return nullptr; 1225 } 1226 1227 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1228 DeclContext*, 1229 ASTContext&); 1230 1231 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1232 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1233 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1234 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1235 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1236 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1237 while (F.hasNext()) { 1238 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1239 1240 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1241 continue; 1242 1243 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1244 continue; 1245 1246 F.erase(); 1247 } 1248 1249 F.done(); 1250 } 1251 1252 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1253 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1254 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1255 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1256 } 1257 1258 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1259 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1260 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1261 while (F.hasNext()) 1262 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1263 F.erase(); 1264 1265 F.done(); 1266 } 1267 1268 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1269 /// @code 1270 /// class S { 1271 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1272 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1273 /// }; 1274 /// @endcode 1275 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1276 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1277 // the decl here. 1278 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1279 return false; 1280 1281 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1282 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1283 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1284 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1285 return false; 1286 } 1287 1288 // We need this to handle 1289 // 1290 // typedef struct { 1291 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1292 // } A; 1293 // 1294 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1295 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1296 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1297 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1298 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1299 // not. 1300 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1301 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1302 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1303 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1304 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1305 return true; 1306 } 1307 DC = DC->getParent(); 1308 } 1309 1310 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1311 } 1312 1313 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1314 // these semantics. 1315 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1316 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1317 return false; 1318 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1319 } 1320 1321 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1322 assert(D); 1323 1324 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1325 return false; 1326 1327 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1328 // of members of class templates. 1329 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1330 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1331 return false; 1332 1333 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1334 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1335 return false; 1336 1337 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1338 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1339 return false; 1340 } else { 1341 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1342 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 1346 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1347 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1348 return false; 1349 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1350 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1351 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1352 // like "inline".) 1353 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1354 return false; 1355 1356 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1357 return false; 1358 1359 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1360 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1361 return false; 1362 } else { 1363 return false; 1364 } 1365 1366 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1367 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1368 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1369 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1370 } 1371 1372 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1373 if (!D) 1374 return; 1375 1376 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1377 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1378 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1379 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1380 } 1381 1382 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1383 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1384 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1385 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1386 } 1387 1388 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1389 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1390 } 1391 1392 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1393 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1394 return false; 1395 1396 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1397 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1398 return false; 1399 1400 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1401 return true; 1402 1403 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1404 // functions. 1405 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1406 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1407 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1408 WithinFunction = 1409 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1410 if (!WithinFunction) 1411 return false; 1412 1413 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1414 return true; 1415 1416 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1417 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1418 return false; 1419 1420 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1421 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1422 1423 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1424 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1425 1426 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1427 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1428 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1429 return false; 1430 } 1431 1432 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1433 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1434 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1435 return false; 1436 1437 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1438 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1439 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1440 return false; 1441 1442 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1443 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1444 return false; 1445 1446 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1447 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1448 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1449 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1450 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1451 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1452 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1453 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1454 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1455 return false; 1456 } 1457 } 1458 } 1459 } 1460 1461 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1462 } 1463 1464 return true; 1465 } 1466 1467 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1468 FixItHint &Hint) { 1469 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1470 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1471 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1472 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1473 return; 1474 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1475 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1476 } 1477 return; 1478 } 1479 1480 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1481 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1482 return; 1483 1484 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1485 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1486 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1487 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1488 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1489 } 1490 } 1491 1492 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1493 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1494 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1495 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1496 return; 1497 1498 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1499 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1500 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1501 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1502 return; 1503 } 1504 1505 FixItHint Hint; 1506 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1507 1508 unsigned DiagID; 1509 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1510 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1511 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1512 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1513 else 1514 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1515 1516 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1517 } 1518 1519 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1520 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1521 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1522 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1523 // MS inline assembly label name. 1524 bool Diagnose = false; 1525 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1526 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1527 else 1528 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1529 if (Diagnose) 1530 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1531 } 1532 1533 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1534 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1535 1536 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1537 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1538 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1539 1540 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1541 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1542 1543 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1544 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1545 1546 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1547 1548 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1549 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1550 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1551 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1552 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1553 } 1554 1555 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1556 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1557 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1558 1559 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1560 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1561 } 1562 } 1563 1564 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1565 /// 1566 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1567 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1568 /// to the fixed name. 1569 /// 1570 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1571 /// 1572 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1573 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1574 /// 1575 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1576 /// class could not be found. 1577 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1578 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1579 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1580 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1581 // creation from this context. 1582 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1583 1584 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1585 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1586 // find an Objective-C class name. 1587 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1588 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1589 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1590 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1591 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1592 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1593 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1594 } 1595 } 1596 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1597 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1598 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1599 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1600 return Def; 1601 } 1602 1603 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1604 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1605 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1606 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1607 /// ill-formed in C++: 1608 /// @code 1609 /// struct S6 { 1610 /// enum { BAR } e; 1611 /// }; 1612 /// 1613 /// void test_S6() { 1614 /// struct S6 a; 1615 /// a.e = BAR; 1616 /// } 1617 /// @endcode 1618 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1619 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1620 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1621 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1622 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1623 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1624 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1625 /// contain non-field names. 1626 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1627 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1628 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1629 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1630 S = S->getParent(); 1631 return S; 1632 } 1633 1634 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1635 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1636 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1637 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1638 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1639 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1640 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1641 return; 1642 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1643 1644 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1645 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1646 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1647 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1648 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1649 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1650 } 1651 1652 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1653 switch (Error) { 1654 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1655 return ""; 1656 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1657 return "stdio.h"; 1658 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1659 return "setjmp.h"; 1660 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1661 return "ucontext.h"; 1662 } 1663 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1664 } 1665 1666 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1667 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1668 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1669 /// built-in. 1670 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1671 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1672 SourceLocation Loc) { 1673 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1674 1675 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1676 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1677 if (Error) { 1678 if (ForRedeclaration) 1679 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1680 << getHeaderName(Error) 1681 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1682 return nullptr; 1683 } 1684 1685 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1686 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1687 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID) 1688 << R; 1689 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1690 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1691 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1692 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1693 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1694 } 1695 1696 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1697 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1698 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1699 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1700 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1701 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1702 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1703 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1704 } 1705 1706 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1707 Parent, 1708 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1709 SC_Extern, 1710 false, 1711 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1712 New->setImplicit(); 1713 1714 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1715 // FunctionDecl. 1716 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1717 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1718 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1719 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1720 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1721 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1722 SC_None, nullptr); 1723 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1724 Params.push_back(parm); 1725 } 1726 New->setParams(Params); 1727 } 1728 1729 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1730 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1731 1732 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1733 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1734 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1735 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1736 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1737 CurContext = Parent; 1738 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1739 CurContext = SavedContext; 1740 return New; 1741 } 1742 1743 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1744 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1745 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1746 /// entity. 1747 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1748 NamedDecl *decl, 1749 LookupResult &previous){ 1750 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1751 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1752 return; 1753 1754 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1755 if (previous.empty()) 1756 return; 1757 1758 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1759 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1760 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1761 1762 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1763 if (!old->isHidden()) 1764 continue; 1765 1766 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1767 filter.erase(); 1768 } 1769 1770 filter.done(); 1771 } 1772 1773 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1774 /// entity if their types are the same. 1775 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1776 /// isSameEntity. 1777 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context, 1778 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1779 LookupResult &Previous) { 1780 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1781 if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1782 return; 1783 1784 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1785 if (Previous.empty()) 1786 return; 1787 1788 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1789 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1790 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1791 1792 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1793 if (!Old->isHidden()) 1794 continue; 1795 1796 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1797 // different linkages. 1798 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1799 if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1800 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1801 continue; 1802 1803 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1804 Filter.erase(); 1805 } 1806 1807 Filter.done(); 1808 } 1809 1810 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1811 QualType OldType; 1812 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1813 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1814 else 1815 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1816 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1817 1818 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1819 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1820 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1821 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1822 << Kind << NewType; 1823 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1824 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1825 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1826 return true; 1827 } 1828 1829 if (OldType != NewType && 1830 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1831 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1832 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1833 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1834 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1835 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1836 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1837 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1838 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1839 return true; 1840 } 1841 return false; 1842 } 1843 1844 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1845 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1846 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1847 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1848 /// 1849 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1850 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1851 // merging checks. 1852 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1853 1854 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1855 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1856 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1857 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1858 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1859 default: break; 1860 case 2: 1861 { 1862 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1863 break; 1864 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1865 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1866 break; 1867 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1868 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1869 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1870 break; 1871 } 1872 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1873 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1874 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1875 return; 1876 } 1877 case 5: 1878 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1879 break; 1880 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1881 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1882 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1883 return; 1884 case 3: 1885 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1886 break; 1887 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1888 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1889 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1890 return; 1891 } 1892 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1893 } 1894 1895 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1896 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1897 if (!Old) { 1898 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1899 << New->getDeclName(); 1900 1901 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1902 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1903 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1904 1905 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1906 } 1907 1908 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1909 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1910 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1911 1912 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1913 // with any extensions enabled. 1914 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1915 return; 1916 1917 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1918 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1919 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1920 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1921 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1922 } 1923 1924 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1925 return; 1926 1927 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1928 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1929 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1930 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1931 // to the type to which it already refers. 1932 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1933 return; 1934 1935 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1936 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1937 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1938 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1939 // 1940 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1941 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1942 // 1943 // struct S { 1944 // typedef struct A { } A; 1945 // }; 1946 // 1947 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1948 // allow the above but disallow 1949 // 1950 // struct S { 1951 // typedef int I; 1952 // typedef int I; 1953 // }; 1954 // 1955 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1956 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1957 return; 1958 1959 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1960 << New->getDeclName(); 1961 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1962 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1963 } 1964 1965 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1966 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1967 return; 1968 1969 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1970 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1971 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1972 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1973 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1974 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1975 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1976 return; 1977 1978 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 1979 << New->getDeclName(); 1980 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1981 return; 1982 } 1983 1984 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1985 /// attribute. 1986 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1987 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1988 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1989 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 1990 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1991 if (Ann) { 1992 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 1993 return true; 1994 continue; 1995 } 1996 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1997 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 1998 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 1999 return true; 2000 } 2001 2002 return false; 2003 } 2004 2005 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2006 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2007 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2008 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2009 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2010 return true; 2011 } 2012 2013 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2014 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2015 /// 2016 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2017 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2018 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2019 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2020 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2021 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2022 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2023 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2024 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2025 // in a case like: 2026 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2027 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2028 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2029 // definition in such a case. 2030 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2031 return false; 2032 2033 if (I->isAlignas()) 2034 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2035 2036 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2037 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2038 OldAlign = Align; 2039 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2040 } 2041 } 2042 2043 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2044 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2045 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2046 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2047 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2048 return false; 2049 2050 if (I->isAlignas()) 2051 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2052 2053 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2054 if (Align > NewAlign) 2055 NewAlign = Align; 2056 } 2057 2058 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2059 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2060 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2061 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2062 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2063 2064 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2065 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2066 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2067 QualType Ty; 2068 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2069 Ty = VD->getType(); 2070 else 2071 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2072 2073 if (OldAlign == 0) 2074 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2075 if (NewAlign == 0) 2076 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2077 } 2078 2079 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2080 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2081 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2082 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2083 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2084 } 2085 } 2086 2087 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2088 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2089 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2090 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2091 // equivalent alignment. 2092 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2093 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2094 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2095 // have no alignment specifier. 2096 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2097 << OldAlignasAttr; 2098 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2099 << OldAlignasAttr; 2100 } 2101 2102 bool AnyAdded = false; 2103 2104 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2105 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2106 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2107 Clone->setInherited(true); 2108 New->addAttr(Clone); 2109 AnyAdded = true; 2110 } 2111 2112 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2113 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2114 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2115 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2116 Clone->setInherited(true); 2117 New->addAttr(Clone); 2118 AnyAdded = true; 2119 } 2120 2121 return AnyAdded; 2122 } 2123 2124 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2125 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2126 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2127 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2128 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2129 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2130 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2131 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2132 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2133 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2134 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2135 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2136 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2137 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2138 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2139 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2140 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2141 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2142 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2143 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2144 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2145 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2146 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2147 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2148 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2149 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2150 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2151 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2152 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2153 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2154 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2155 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2156 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2157 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2158 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2159 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2160 NewAttr = nullptr; 2161 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2162 NewAttr = nullptr; 2163 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2164 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2165 2166 if (NewAttr) { 2167 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2168 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2169 return true; 2170 } 2171 2172 return false; 2173 } 2174 2175 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2176 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2177 return TD->getDefinition(); 2178 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2179 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2180 if (Def) 2181 return Def; 2182 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2183 } 2184 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2185 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2186 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2187 return Def; 2188 } 2189 return nullptr; 2190 } 2191 2192 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2193 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2194 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2195 return true; 2196 return false; 2197 } 2198 2199 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2200 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2201 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2202 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2203 return; 2204 2205 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2206 if (!Def || Def == New) 2207 return; 2208 2209 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2210 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2211 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2212 2213 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2214 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2215 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2216 else { 2217 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2218 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2219 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2220 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2221 : diag::err_redefinition; 2222 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2223 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2224 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2225 } 2226 ++I; 2227 continue; 2228 } 2229 2230 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2231 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2232 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2233 ++I; 2234 continue; 2235 } 2236 } 2237 2238 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2239 ++I; 2240 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2241 } 2242 2243 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2244 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2245 ++I; 2246 continue; 2247 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2248 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2249 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2250 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2251 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2252 // equivalent alignment. 2253 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2254 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2255 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2256 // have no alignment specifier. 2257 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2258 << AA; 2259 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2260 << AA; 2261 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2262 --E; 2263 continue; 2264 } 2265 } 2266 2267 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2268 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2269 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2270 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2271 --E; 2272 } 2273 } 2274 2275 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2276 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2277 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2278 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2279 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2280 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2281 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2282 } 2283 2284 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2285 return; 2286 2287 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2288 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2289 2290 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2291 return; 2292 2293 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2294 2295 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2296 // we process them. 2297 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2298 2299 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2300 bool Override = false; 2301 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2302 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2303 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2304 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2305 switch (AMK) { 2306 case AMK_None: 2307 continue; 2308 2309 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2310 break; 2311 2312 case AMK_Override: 2313 Override = true; 2314 break; 2315 } 2316 } 2317 2318 // Already handled. 2319 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2320 continue; 2321 2322 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2323 foundAny = true; 2324 } 2325 2326 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2327 foundAny = true; 2328 2329 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2330 } 2331 2332 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2333 /// to the new one. 2334 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2335 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2336 Sema &S) { 2337 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2338 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2339 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2340 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2341 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2342 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2343 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2344 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2345 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2346 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2347 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2348 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2349 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2350 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2351 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2352 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2353 } 2354 2355 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2356 return; 2357 2358 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2359 2360 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2361 // done before we process them. 2362 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2363 2364 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2365 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2366 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2367 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2368 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2369 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2370 foundAny = true; 2371 } 2372 } 2373 2374 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2375 } 2376 2377 namespace { 2378 2379 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2380 /// C. 2381 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2382 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2383 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2384 QualType PromotedType; 2385 }; 2386 2387 } 2388 2389 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2390 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2391 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2392 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2393 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2394 2395 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2396 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2397 2398 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2399 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2400 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2401 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2402 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2403 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2404 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2405 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2406 } 2407 2408 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2409 } 2410 2411 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2412 // declaration, or a declaration. 2413 template <typename T> 2414 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2415 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2416 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2417 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2418 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2419 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2420 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2421 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2422 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2423 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2424 } else 2425 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2426 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2427 } 2428 2429 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2430 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2431 /// GNU89 mode. 2432 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2433 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2434 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2435 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2436 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2437 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2438 } 2439 2440 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2441 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2442 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2443 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2444 return AT; 2445 } 2446 2447 template <typename T> 2448 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2449 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2450 if (DC->isRecord()) 2451 return false; 2452 2453 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2454 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2455 return true; 2456 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2457 return true; 2458 return false; 2459 } 2460 2461 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2462 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2463 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2464 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2465 /// 2466 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2467 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2468 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2469 /// merged with. 2470 /// 2471 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2472 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2473 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2474 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2475 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2476 if (!Old) { 2477 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2478 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2479 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2480 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2481 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2482 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2483 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2484 return true; 2485 } 2486 2487 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2488 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2489 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2490 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2491 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2492 2493 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2494 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2495 if (Old && 2496 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2497 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2498 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2499 Old = nullptr; 2500 2501 if (!Old) { 2502 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2503 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2504 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2505 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2506 return true; 2507 } 2508 OldD = Old; 2509 } else { 2510 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2511 << New->getDeclName(); 2512 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2513 return true; 2514 } 2515 } 2516 2517 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2518 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2519 return true; 2520 2521 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2522 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2523 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2524 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2525 2526 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2527 // is an extern inline function. 2528 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2529 // storage classes. 2530 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2531 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2532 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2533 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2534 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2535 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2536 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2537 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2538 } else { 2539 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2540 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2541 return true; 2542 } 2543 } 2544 2545 2546 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2547 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2548 // convention of the first. 2549 // 2550 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2551 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2552 // 2553 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2554 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2555 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2556 // 2557 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2558 // other tests to run. 2559 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2560 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2561 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2562 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2563 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2564 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2565 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2566 2567 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2568 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2569 const FunctionType *FT = 2570 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2571 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2572 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2573 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2574 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2575 // there but not here. 2576 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2577 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2578 } else { 2579 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2580 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2581 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2582 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2583 << !FirstCCExplicit 2584 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2585 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2586 2587 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2588 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2589 return true; 2590 } 2591 } 2592 2593 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2594 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2595 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2596 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2597 } 2598 2599 // Merge regparm attribute. 2600 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2601 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2602 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2603 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2604 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2605 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2606 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2607 return true; 2608 } 2609 2610 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2611 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2612 } 2613 2614 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2615 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2616 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2617 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2618 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2619 return true; 2620 } 2621 2622 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2623 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2624 } 2625 2626 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2627 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2628 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2629 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2630 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2631 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2632 } 2633 2634 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2635 // UndefinedButUsed. 2636 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2637 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2638 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2639 Old->isUsed(false) && 2640 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2641 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2642 SourceLocation())); 2643 2644 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2645 // about it. 2646 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2647 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2648 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2649 } 2650 2651 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2652 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2653 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2654 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2655 // cannot be overloaded. 2656 2657 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2658 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2659 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2660 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2661 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2662 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2663 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2664 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2665 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2666 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2667 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2668 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2669 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2670 QualType ResQT; 2671 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2672 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2673 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2674 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2675 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2676 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2677 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2678 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2679 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2680 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2681 else 2682 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2683 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2684 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2685 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2686 return true; 2687 } 2688 else 2689 NewQType = ResQT; 2690 } 2691 2692 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2693 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2694 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2695 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2696 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2697 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2698 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2699 New->setType( 2700 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2701 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2702 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2703 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2704 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2705 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2706 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2707 } 2708 } 2709 2710 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2711 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2712 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2713 // Preserve triviality. 2714 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2715 2716 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2717 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2718 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2719 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2720 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2721 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2722 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2723 2724 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2725 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2726 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2727 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2728 // is a static member function declaration. 2729 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2730 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2731 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2732 return true; 2733 } 2734 2735 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2736 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2737 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2738 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2739 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2740 unsigned NewDiag; 2741 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2742 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2743 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2744 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2745 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2746 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2747 else 2748 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2749 2750 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2751 } else { 2752 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2753 << New << New->getType(); 2754 } 2755 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2756 2757 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2758 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2759 // 2760 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2761 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2762 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2763 if (isFriend) { 2764 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2765 } else { 2766 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2767 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2768 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2769 return true; 2770 } 2771 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2772 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2773 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2774 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2775 return true; 2776 } 2777 } 2778 2779 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2780 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2781 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2782 // attribute. 2783 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2784 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2785 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2786 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2787 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2788 } 2789 2790 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2791 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2792 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2793 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2794 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2795 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2796 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2797 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2798 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2799 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2800 } 2801 2802 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2803 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2804 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2805 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2806 2807 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2808 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2809 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2810 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2811 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2812 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2813 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2814 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2815 } 2816 2817 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2818 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2819 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2820 // 2821 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2822 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2823 // linkage within class scope. 2824 // 2825 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2826 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2827 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2828 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2829 } else { 2830 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2831 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2832 return true; 2833 } 2834 } 2835 2836 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2837 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2838 2839 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2840 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2841 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2842 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2843 // when we instantiate the function. 2844 return false; 2845 } 2846 2847 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2848 } 2849 2850 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2851 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2852 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2853 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2854 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2855 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2856 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2857 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2858 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2859 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2860 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2861 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2862 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2863 NewQType = 2864 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2865 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2866 New->setType(NewQType); 2867 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2868 2869 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2870 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2871 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2872 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2873 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2874 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2875 SC_None, nullptr); 2876 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2877 Param->setImplicit(); 2878 Params.push_back(Param); 2879 } 2880 2881 New->setParams(Params); 2882 } 2883 2884 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2885 } 2886 2887 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2888 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2889 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2890 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2891 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2892 // the prototype. 2893 // 2894 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2895 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2896 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2897 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2898 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2899 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2900 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2901 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2902 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2903 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2904 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2905 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2906 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2907 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2908 2909 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2910 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2911 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2912 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2913 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2914 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2915 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2916 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2917 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2918 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2919 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2920 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2921 NewParm->getType(), 2922 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2923 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2924 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2925 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2926 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2927 } else 2928 LooseCompatible = false; 2929 } 2930 2931 if (LooseCompatible) { 2932 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2933 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2934 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2935 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2936 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2937 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2938 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2939 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2940 } 2941 2942 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2943 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2944 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2945 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2946 } 2947 2948 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2949 } 2950 2951 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2952 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2953 2954 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2955 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2956 unsigned BuiltinID; 2957 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2958 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2959 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2960 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2961 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2962 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2963 << Old << Old->getType(); 2964 2965 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2966 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2967 // 2968 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2969 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2970 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2971 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2972 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2973 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2974 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2975 2976 return false; 2977 } 2978 2979 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2980 } 2981 2982 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2983 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2984 return true; 2985 } 2986 2987 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2988 /// known to be compatible. 2989 /// 2990 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2991 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2992 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2993 /// redeclaration of Old. 2994 /// 2995 /// \returns false 2996 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2997 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2998 // Merge the attributes 2999 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3000 3001 // Merge "pure" flag. 3002 if (Old->isPure()) 3003 New->setPure(); 3004 3005 // Merge "used" flag. 3006 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3007 New->setIsUsed(); 3008 3009 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3010 // declarations. 3011 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3012 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 3013 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 3014 *this); 3015 3016 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3017 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3018 3019 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3020 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3021 // was visible. 3022 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3023 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3024 New->setType(Merged); 3025 3026 return false; 3027 } 3028 3029 3030 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3031 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3032 3033 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3034 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3035 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3036 : AMK_Override; 3037 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3038 3039 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3040 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3041 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3042 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3043 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3044 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3045 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3046 3047 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3048 } 3049 3050 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3051 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3052 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3053 /// 3054 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3055 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3056 /// is attached. 3057 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3058 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3059 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3060 return; 3061 3062 QualType MergedT; 3063 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3064 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3065 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3066 return; 3067 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3068 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3069 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3070 } 3071 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3072 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3073 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3074 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3075 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3076 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3077 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3078 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3079 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3080 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3081 NewArray->getElementType())) 3082 MergedT = New->getType(); 3083 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3084 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3085 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3086 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3087 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3088 NewArray->getElementType())) 3089 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3090 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3091 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3092 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3093 Old->getType()); 3094 } 3095 } else { 3096 // C 6.2.7p2: 3097 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3098 // compatible type. 3099 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3100 } 3101 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3102 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3103 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3104 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3105 // equivalent. 3106 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3107 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3108 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3109 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3110 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3111 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3112 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3113 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3114 return; 3115 } 3116 3117 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3118 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3119 // 3120 // extern int arr[]; 3121 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3122 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3123 // 3124 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3125 // to diagnose it. 3126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3127 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3128 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3129 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3130 } 3131 3132 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3133 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3134 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3135 New->setType(MergedT); 3136 } 3137 3138 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3139 LookupResult &Previous) { 3140 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3141 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3142 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3143 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3144 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3145 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3146 // 3147 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3148 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3149 return false; 3150 3151 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3152 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3153 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3154 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3155 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3156 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3157 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3158 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3159 } else { 3160 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3161 // type unless we're in the same function. 3162 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3163 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3164 } 3165 } 3166 3167 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3168 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3169 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3170 /// 3171 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3172 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3173 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3174 /// 3175 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3176 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3177 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3178 return; 3179 3180 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3181 3182 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3183 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3184 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3185 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3186 if (NewTemplate) { 3187 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3188 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3189 } else 3190 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3191 } 3192 if (!Old) { 3193 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3194 << New->getDeclName(); 3195 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3196 diag::note_previous_definition); 3197 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3198 } 3199 3200 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3201 return; 3202 3203 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3204 if (NewTemplate && 3205 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3206 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3207 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3208 return; 3209 3210 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3211 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3212 // 3213 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3214 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3215 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3216 << New->getIdentifier(); 3217 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3218 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3219 } 3220 3221 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3222 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3223 // declaration 3224 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3225 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3226 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3227 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3228 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3229 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3230 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3231 } 3232 3233 // Merge the types. 3234 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3235 3236 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3237 return; 3238 3239 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3240 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3241 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3242 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3243 3244 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3245 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3246 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3247 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3248 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3249 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3250 << New->getDeclName(); 3251 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3252 } else { 3253 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3254 << New->getDeclName(); 3255 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3256 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3257 } 3258 } 3259 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3260 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3261 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3262 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3263 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3264 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3265 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3266 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3267 // identifier has external linkage. 3268 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3269 /* Okay */; 3270 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3271 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3272 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3273 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3274 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3275 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3276 } 3277 3278 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3279 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3280 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3281 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3282 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3283 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3284 } 3285 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3286 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3287 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3288 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3289 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3290 } 3291 3292 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3293 3294 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3295 // need to check for mismatches. 3296 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3297 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3298 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3299 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3300 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3301 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3302 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3303 } 3304 3305 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3306 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3307 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3308 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3309 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3310 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3311 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3312 } else { 3313 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3314 // static and dynamic initialization. 3315 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3316 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3317 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3318 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3319 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3320 } 3321 } 3322 3323 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3324 const VarDecl *Def; 3325 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3326 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3327 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3328 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3329 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3330 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3331 return; 3332 } 3333 3334 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3335 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3336 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3337 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3338 return; 3339 } 3340 3341 // Merge "used" flag. 3342 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3343 New->setIsUsed(); 3344 3345 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3346 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3347 if (NewTemplate) 3348 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3349 3350 // Inherit access appropriately. 3351 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3352 if (NewTemplate) 3353 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3354 } 3355 3356 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3357 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3358 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3359 DeclSpec &DS) { 3360 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3361 } 3362 3363 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3364 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3365 return; 3366 3367 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3368 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3369 // it is anonymous. 3370 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3371 return; 3372 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3373 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3374 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3375 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3376 return; 3377 } 3378 3379 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3380 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3381 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3382 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3383 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3384 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3385 Tag, 3386 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3387 } 3388 } 3389 3390 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3391 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3392 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3393 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3394 DeclSpec &DS, 3395 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3396 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3397 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3398 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3399 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3400 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3401 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3402 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3403 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3404 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3405 3406 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3407 return nullptr; 3408 3409 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3410 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3411 // it's a Type. 3412 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3413 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3414 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3415 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3416 } 3417 3418 if (Tag) { 3419 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3420 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3421 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3422 return Tag; 3423 } 3424 3425 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3426 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3427 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3428 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3429 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3430 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3431 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3432 } 3433 3434 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3435 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3436 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3437 if (Tag) 3438 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3439 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3440 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3441 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3442 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3443 else 3444 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3445 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3446 return TagD; 3447 } 3448 3449 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3450 3451 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3452 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3453 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3454 if (TagD && !Tag) 3455 return nullptr; 3456 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3457 } 3458 3459 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3460 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3461 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3462 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3463 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3464 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3465 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3466 // or an explicit specialization. 3467 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3468 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3469 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3470 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3471 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3472 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3473 << SS.getRange(); 3474 return nullptr; 3475 } 3476 3477 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3478 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3479 3480 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3481 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3482 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3483 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3484 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3485 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3486 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3487 3488 DeclaresAnything = false; 3489 } 3490 } 3491 3492 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3493 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3494 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3495 // 3496 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3497 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3498 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3499 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3500 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3501 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3502 // struct STRUCT; 3503 // union UNION; 3504 // and 3505 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3506 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3507 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3508 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3509 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3510 if (Tag) 3511 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3512 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3513 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3514 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3515 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3516 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3517 3518 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3519 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3520 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3521 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3522 } 3523 3524 DeclaresAnything = false; 3525 } 3526 } 3527 3528 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3529 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3530 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3531 return TagD; 3532 3533 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3534 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3535 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3536 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3537 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3538 DeclaresAnything = false; 3539 3540 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3541 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3542 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3543 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3544 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3545 else 3546 DeclaresAnything = false; 3547 } 3548 3549 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3550 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3551 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3552 << Tag->getTagKind() 3553 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3554 3555 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3556 3557 // C 6.7/2: 3558 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3559 // or the members of an enumeration. 3560 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3561 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3562 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3563 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3564 // previous declaration. 3565 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3566 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3567 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3568 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3569 return TagD; 3570 } 3571 3572 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3573 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3574 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3575 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3576 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3577 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3578 // 3579 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3580 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3581 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3582 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3583 3584 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3585 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3586 // useless. 3587 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3588 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3589 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3590 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3591 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3592 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3593 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3594 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3595 } 3596 3597 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3598 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3599 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3600 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3601 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3602 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3603 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3604 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3605 // Restrict is covered above. 3606 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3607 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3608 } 3609 3610 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3611 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3612 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3613 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3614 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3615 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3616 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3617 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3618 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3619 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3620 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3621 while (attrs) { 3622 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3623 << attrs->getName() 3624 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3625 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3626 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3627 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3628 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3629 } 3630 } 3631 } 3632 3633 return TagD; 3634 } 3635 3636 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3637 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3638 /// 3639 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3640 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3641 Scope *S, 3642 DeclContext *Owner, 3643 DeclarationName Name, 3644 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3645 unsigned diagnostic) { 3646 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3647 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3648 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3649 3650 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3651 return false; 3652 3653 // Pick a representative declaration. 3654 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3655 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3656 3657 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3658 return false; 3659 3660 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3661 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3662 3663 return true; 3664 } 3665 3666 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3667 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3668 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3669 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3670 /// struct, e.g., 3671 /// 3672 /// @code 3673 /// union { 3674 /// int i; 3675 /// float f; 3676 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3677 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3678 /// @endcode 3679 /// 3680 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3681 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3682 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3683 DeclContext *Owner, 3684 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3685 AccessSpecifier AS, 3686 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3687 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3688 unsigned diagKind 3689 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3690 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3691 3692 bool Invalid = false; 3693 3694 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3695 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3696 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3697 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3698 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3699 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3700 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3701 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3702 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3703 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3704 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3705 Invalid = true; 3706 } else { 3707 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3708 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3709 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3710 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3711 // anonymous union is declared. 3712 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3713 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3714 for (auto *PI : IF->chain()) 3715 Chaining.push_back(PI); 3716 else 3717 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3718 3719 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3720 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3721 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3722 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3723 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3724 3725 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3726 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3727 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3728 3729 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3730 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3731 3732 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3733 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3734 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3735 3736 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3737 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3738 3739 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3740 } 3741 } 3742 } 3743 3744 return Invalid; 3745 } 3746 3747 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3748 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3749 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3750 static StorageClass 3751 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3752 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3753 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3754 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3755 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3756 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3757 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3758 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3759 return SC_None; 3760 return SC_Extern; 3761 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3762 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3763 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3764 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3765 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3766 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3767 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3768 } 3769 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3770 } 3771 3772 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3773 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3774 3775 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3776 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3777 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3778 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3779 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3780 return FD->getLocation(); 3781 } 3782 3783 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3784 } 3785 3786 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3787 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3788 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3789 return; 3790 3791 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3792 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3793 } 3794 3795 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3796 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3797 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3798 return; 3799 3800 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3801 } 3802 3803 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3804 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3805 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3806 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3807 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3808 AccessSpecifier AS, 3809 RecordDecl *Record, 3810 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3811 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3812 3813 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3814 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3815 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3816 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3817 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3818 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3819 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3820 3821 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3822 // structs/unions. 3823 bool Invalid = false; 3824 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3825 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 3826 unsigned DiagID; 3827 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3828 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3829 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3830 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3831 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3832 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3833 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3834 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3835 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3836 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3837 3838 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3839 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3840 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3841 } 3842 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3843 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3844 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3845 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3846 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3847 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3848 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3849 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3850 3851 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3852 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3853 SourceLocation(), 3854 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3855 } 3856 } 3857 3858 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3859 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3860 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3861 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3862 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3863 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3864 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3865 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3866 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3867 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3868 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3869 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3870 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3871 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3872 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3873 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3874 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3875 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3876 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3877 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3878 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3879 3880 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3881 } 3882 3883 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3884 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3885 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3886 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3887 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3888 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3889 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3890 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3891 // members (clause 11). 3892 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3893 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3894 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3895 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3896 Invalid = true; 3897 } 3898 3899 // C++ [class.union]p1 3900 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3901 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3902 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3903 // array of such objects. 3904 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3905 Invalid = true; 3906 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3907 // Any implicit members are fine. 3908 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3909 // This is a type that showed up in an 3910 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3911 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3912 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3913 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3914 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3915 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3916 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3917 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3918 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3919 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3920 else { 3921 // This is a nested type declaration. 3922 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3923 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3924 Invalid = true; 3925 } 3926 } else { 3927 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3928 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3929 // not part of standard C++. 3930 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3931 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3932 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3933 } 3934 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3935 // Any access specifier is fine. 3936 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 3937 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 3938 } else { 3939 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3940 // member. Complain about it. 3941 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3942 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3943 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3944 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 3945 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3946 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 3947 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3948 3949 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3950 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3951 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3952 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3953 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3954 else { 3955 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 3956 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3957 Invalid = true; 3958 } 3959 } 3960 } 3961 3962 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3963 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3964 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3965 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3966 Owner->isRecord()) 3967 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3968 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3969 } 3970 3971 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3972 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3973 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3974 Invalid = true; 3975 } 3976 3977 // Mock up a declarator. 3978 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3979 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3980 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3981 3982 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3983 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 3984 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3985 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3986 DS.getLocStart(), 3987 Record->getLocation(), 3988 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3989 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3990 TInfo, 3991 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 3992 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3993 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3994 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3995 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3996 } else { 3997 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3998 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3999 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4000 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4001 // an error here 4002 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4003 Invalid = true; 4004 SC = SC_None; 4005 } 4006 4007 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4008 DS.getLocStart(), 4009 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4010 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4011 TInfo, SC); 4012 4013 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4014 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4015 // initializer: 4016 // union { int n = 0; }; 4017 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4018 } 4019 Anon->setImplicit(); 4020 4021 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4022 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4023 4024 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4025 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4026 // its members. 4027 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4028 4029 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4030 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4031 // purposes. 4032 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4033 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4034 4035 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4036 Chain, false)) 4037 Invalid = true; 4038 4039 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4040 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4041 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4042 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 4043 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 4044 ManglingContextDecl)) { 4045 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 4046 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4047 } 4048 } 4049 } 4050 4051 if (Invalid) 4052 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4053 4054 return Anon; 4055 } 4056 4057 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4058 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4059 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4060 /// Example: 4061 /// 4062 /// struct A { int a; }; 4063 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4064 /// 4065 /// void foo() { 4066 /// B var; 4067 /// var.a = 3; 4068 /// } 4069 /// 4070 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4071 RecordDecl *Record) { 4072 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4073 4074 // Mock up a declarator. 4075 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4076 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4077 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4078 4079 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4080 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4081 4082 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4083 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4084 ParentDecl, 4085 DS.getLocStart(), 4086 DS.getLocStart(), 4087 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4088 RecTy, 4089 TInfo, 4090 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4091 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4092 Anon->setImplicit(); 4093 4094 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4095 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4096 4097 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4098 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4099 // purposes. 4100 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4101 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4102 4103 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4104 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4105 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4106 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4107 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4108 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4109 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4110 } 4111 4112 return Anon; 4113 } 4114 4115 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4116 /// given Declarator. 4117 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4118 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4119 } 4120 4121 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4122 DeclarationNameInfo 4123 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4124 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4125 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4126 4127 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4128 4129 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4130 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4131 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4132 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4133 return NameInfo; 4134 4135 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4136 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4137 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4138 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4139 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4140 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4141 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4142 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4143 return NameInfo; 4144 4145 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4146 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4147 Name.Identifier)); 4148 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4149 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4150 return NameInfo; 4151 4152 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4153 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4154 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4155 if (Ty.isNull()) 4156 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4157 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4158 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4159 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4160 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4161 return NameInfo; 4162 } 4163 4164 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4165 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4166 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4167 if (Ty.isNull()) 4168 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4169 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4170 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4171 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4172 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4173 return NameInfo; 4174 } 4175 4176 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4177 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4178 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4179 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4180 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4181 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4182 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4183 4184 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4185 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4186 4187 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4188 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4189 // was qualified. 4190 4191 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4192 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4193 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4194 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4195 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4196 return NameInfo; 4197 } 4198 4199 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4200 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4201 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4202 if (Ty.isNull()) 4203 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4204 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4205 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4206 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4207 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4208 return NameInfo; 4209 } 4210 4211 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4212 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4213 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4214 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4215 } 4216 4217 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4218 4219 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4220 } 4221 4222 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4223 do { 4224 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4225 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4226 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4227 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4228 else 4229 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4230 } while (true); 4231 } 4232 4233 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4234 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4235 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4236 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4237 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4238 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4239 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4240 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4241 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4242 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4243 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4244 Params.clear(); 4245 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4246 return false; 4247 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4248 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4249 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4250 4251 // The parameter types are identical 4252 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4253 continue; 4254 4255 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4256 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4257 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4258 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4259 4260 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4261 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4262 Params.push_back(Idx); 4263 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4264 return false; 4265 } 4266 4267 return true; 4268 } 4269 4270 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4271 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4272 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4273 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4274 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4275 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4276 DeclarationName Name) { 4277 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4278 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4279 // - types which will become injected class names 4280 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4281 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4282 // few cases here. 4283 4284 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4285 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4286 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4287 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4288 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4289 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4290 // Grab the type from the parser. 4291 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4292 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4293 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4294 4295 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4296 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4297 // attached already. 4298 if (!TSI) 4299 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4300 4301 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4302 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4303 if (!TSI) return true; 4304 4305 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4306 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4307 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4308 break; 4309 } 4310 4311 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4312 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4313 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4314 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4315 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4316 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4317 break; 4318 } 4319 4320 default: 4321 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4322 break; 4323 } 4324 4325 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4326 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4327 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4328 4329 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4330 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4331 // pointer. 4332 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4333 continue; 4334 4335 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4336 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4337 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4338 return true; 4339 } 4340 4341 return false; 4342 } 4343 4344 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4345 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4346 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4347 4348 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4349 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4350 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4351 4352 return Dcl; 4353 } 4354 4355 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4356 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4357 /// name different from T: 4358 /// - every static data member of class T; 4359 /// - every member function of class T 4360 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4361 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4362 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4363 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4364 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4365 4366 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4367 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4368 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4369 return true; 4370 } 4371 4372 return false; 4373 } 4374 4375 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4376 /// nested-name-specifier. 4377 /// 4378 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4379 /// 4380 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4381 /// resolves. 4382 /// 4383 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4384 /// 4385 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4386 /// 4387 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4388 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4389 DeclarationName Name, 4390 SourceLocation Loc) { 4391 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4392 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4393 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4394 4395 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4396 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4397 // 4398 // class X { 4399 // void X::f(); 4400 // }; 4401 // 4402 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4403 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4404 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4405 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4406 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4407 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4408 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4409 SS.clear(); 4410 } else { 4411 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4412 } 4413 return false; 4414 } 4415 4416 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4417 // declaration. 4418 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4419 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4420 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4421 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4422 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4423 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4424 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4425 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4426 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4427 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4428 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4429 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4430 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4431 else 4432 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4433 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4434 4435 return true; 4436 } 4437 4438 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4439 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4440 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4441 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4442 SS.clear(); 4443 4444 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4445 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4446 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4447 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4448 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4449 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4450 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4451 return true; 4452 4453 return false; 4454 } 4455 4456 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4457 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4458 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4459 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4460 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4461 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4462 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4463 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4464 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4465 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4466 4467 return false; 4468 } 4469 4470 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4471 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4472 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4473 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4474 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4475 4476 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4477 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4478 if (!Name) { 4479 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4480 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4481 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4482 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4483 return nullptr; 4484 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4485 return nullptr; 4486 4487 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4488 // we find one that is. 4489 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4490 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4491 S = S->getParent(); 4492 4493 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4494 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4495 D.setInvalidType(); 4496 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4497 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4498 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4499 return nullptr; 4500 4501 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4502 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4503 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4504 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4505 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4506 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4507 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4508 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4509 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4510 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4511 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4512 return nullptr; 4513 } 4514 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4515 4516 if (!IsDependentContext && 4517 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4518 return nullptr; 4519 4520 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4521 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4522 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4523 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4524 D.setInvalidType(); 4525 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4526 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4527 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4528 if (DC->isRecord()) 4529 return nullptr; 4530 4531 D.setInvalidType(); 4532 } 4533 } 4534 4535 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4536 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4537 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4538 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4539 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4540 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4541 D.setInvalidType(); 4542 } 4543 } 4544 4545 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4546 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4547 // Just return early; it's safer. 4548 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4549 return nullptr; 4550 4551 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4552 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4553 4554 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4555 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4556 D.setInvalidType(); 4557 4558 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4559 ForRedeclaration); 4560 4561 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4562 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4563 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4564 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4565 4566 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4567 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4568 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4569 // 4570 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4571 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4572 // the same name. 4573 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4574 /* Do nothing*/; 4575 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4576 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4577 R->isFunctionType())) { 4578 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4579 CreateBuiltins = 4580 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4581 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4582 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4583 CreateBuiltins = true; 4584 4585 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4586 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4587 4588 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4589 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4590 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4591 4592 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4593 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4594 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4595 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4596 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4597 // thereof; [...] 4598 // 4599 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4600 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4601 // we want to match. For example, given: 4602 // 4603 // class X { 4604 // void f(); 4605 // void f(float); 4606 // }; 4607 // 4608 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4609 // 4610 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4611 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4612 // matches. 4613 4614 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4615 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4616 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4617 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4618 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4619 } 4620 4621 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4622 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4623 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4624 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4625 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4626 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4627 4628 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4629 Previous.clear(); 4630 } 4631 4632 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4633 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4634 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4635 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4636 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4637 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4638 Previous.clear(); 4639 4640 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4641 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4642 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4643 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4644 4645 NamedDecl *New; 4646 4647 bool AddToScope = true; 4648 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4649 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4650 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4651 return nullptr; 4652 } 4653 4654 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4655 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4656 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4657 TemplateParamLists, 4658 AddToScope); 4659 } else { 4660 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4661 AddToScope); 4662 } 4663 4664 if (!New) 4665 return nullptr; 4666 4667 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4668 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4669 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4670 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4671 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4672 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4673 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4674 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4675 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4676 if (!AddToContext) 4677 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4678 } 4679 4680 return New; 4681 } 4682 4683 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4684 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4685 /// GCC compatibility). 4686 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4687 ASTContext &Context, 4688 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4689 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4690 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4691 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4692 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4693 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4694 SizeIsNegative = false; 4695 Oversized = 0; 4696 4697 if (T->isDependentType()) 4698 return QualType(); 4699 4700 QualifierCollector Qs; 4701 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4702 4703 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4704 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4705 QualType FixedType = 4706 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4707 Oversized); 4708 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4709 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4710 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4711 } 4712 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4713 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4714 QualType FixedType = 4715 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4716 Oversized); 4717 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4718 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4719 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4720 } 4721 4722 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4723 if (!VLATy) 4724 return QualType(); 4725 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4726 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4727 return QualType(); 4728 4729 llvm::APSInt Res; 4730 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4731 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4732 return QualType(); 4733 4734 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4735 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4736 SizeIsNegative = true; 4737 return QualType(); 4738 } 4739 4740 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4741 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4742 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4743 Res); 4744 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4745 Oversized = Res; 4746 return QualType(); 4747 } 4748 4749 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4750 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4751 } 4752 4753 static void 4754 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4755 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4756 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4757 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4758 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4759 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4760 return; 4761 } 4762 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4763 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4764 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4765 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4766 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4767 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4768 return; 4769 } 4770 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4771 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4772 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4773 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4774 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4775 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4776 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4777 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4778 } 4779 4780 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4781 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4782 /// GCC compatibility). 4783 static TypeSourceInfo* 4784 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4785 ASTContext &Context, 4786 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4787 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4788 QualType FixedTy 4789 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4790 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4791 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4792 return nullptr; 4793 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4794 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4795 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4796 return FixedTInfo; 4797 } 4798 4799 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4800 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4801 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4802 /// function-scope declarations. 4803 void 4804 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4805 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4806 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4807 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4808 return; 4809 4810 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4811 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4812 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4813 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4814 } 4815 4816 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4817 if (ExternalSource) { 4818 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4819 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4820 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4821 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4822 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4823 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4824 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4825 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4826 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4827 } 4828 } 4829 4830 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4831 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr; 4832 } 4833 4834 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4835 /// does not identify a function. 4836 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4837 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4838 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4839 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4840 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4841 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4842 4843 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4844 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4845 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4846 4847 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4848 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4849 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4850 4851 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4852 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4853 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4854 } 4855 4856 NamedDecl* 4857 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4858 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4859 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4860 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4861 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4862 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4863 D.setInvalidType(); 4864 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4865 DC = CurContext; 4866 Previous.clear(); 4867 } 4868 4869 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4870 4871 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4872 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4873 << 1; 4874 4875 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4876 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4877 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4878 return nullptr; 4879 } 4880 4881 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4882 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 4883 4884 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4885 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4886 4887 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4888 4889 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4890 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4891 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4892 return ND; 4893 } 4894 4895 void 4896 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4897 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4898 // then it shall have block scope. 4899 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4900 // that redeclarations will match. 4901 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4902 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4903 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4904 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4905 4906 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 4907 bool SizeIsNegative; 4908 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4909 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4910 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4911 SizeIsNegative, 4912 Oversized); 4913 if (FixedTInfo) { 4914 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4915 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4916 } else { 4917 if (SizeIsNegative) 4918 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4919 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4920 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4921 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4922 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4923 << Oversized.toString(10); 4924 else 4925 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4926 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4927 } 4928 } 4929 } 4930 } 4931 4932 4933 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4934 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4935 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4936 NamedDecl* 4937 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4938 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4939 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4940 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4941 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4942 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4943 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4944 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4945 Redeclaration = true; 4946 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4947 } 4948 4949 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4950 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4951 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4952 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4953 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4954 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4955 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4956 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4957 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4958 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4959 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4960 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4961 } 4962 4963 return NewTD; 4964 } 4965 4966 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4967 /// previous declaration. 4968 /// 4969 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4970 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4971 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4972 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4973 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4974 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4975 /// 4976 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4977 /// lookup 4978 /// 4979 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4980 /// declared. 4981 /// 4982 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4983 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4984 static bool 4985 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4986 ASTContext &Context) { 4987 if (!PrevDecl) 4988 return false; 4989 4990 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4991 return false; 4992 4993 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4994 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4995 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4996 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4997 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4998 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4999 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5000 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5001 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5002 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5003 return false; 5004 5005 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5006 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5007 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5008 return false; 5009 5010 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5011 // previous declarations. 5012 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5013 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5014 5015 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5016 // isn't the same function. 5017 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5018 return false; 5019 } 5020 5021 return true; 5022 } 5023 5024 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5025 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5026 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5027 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5028 } 5029 5030 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5031 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5032 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5033 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5034 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5035 unsigned kind = -1U; 5036 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5037 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5038 kind = 0; // __block 5039 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5040 kind = 1; // global 5041 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5042 kind = 3; // ivar 5043 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5044 kind = 2; // field 5045 } 5046 5047 if (kind != -1U) { 5048 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5049 << kind; 5050 } 5051 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5052 // Try to infer lifetime. 5053 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5054 return false; 5055 5056 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5057 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5058 decl->setType(type); 5059 } 5060 5061 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5062 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5063 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5064 var->getTLSKind()) { 5065 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5066 << var->getType(); 5067 return true; 5068 } 5069 } 5070 5071 return false; 5072 } 5073 5074 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5075 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5076 // the wrong linkage. 5077 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5078 5079 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5080 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5081 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5082 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5083 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5084 } 5085 } 5086 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5087 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5088 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5089 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5090 } 5091 } 5092 5093 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 5094 // It does not apply to functions. 5095 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5096 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5097 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5098 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5099 } 5100 } 5101 5102 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5103 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5104 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5105 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5106 << &ND << Attr; 5107 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5108 } 5109 } 5110 } 5111 5112 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5113 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5114 bool IsSpecialization) { 5115 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5116 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5117 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5118 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5119 5120 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5121 return; 5122 5123 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5124 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5125 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5126 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5127 5128 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5129 // inherited attribute instances. 5130 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5131 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5132 5133 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5134 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5135 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5136 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5137 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5138 5139 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5140 // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for 5141 // free functions and global variables. 5142 bool JustWarn = false; 5143 if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && OldDecl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5144 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5145 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5146 JustWarn = true; 5147 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5148 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5149 JustWarn = true; 5150 } 5151 5152 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5153 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5154 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5155 << NewDecl 5156 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5157 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5158 if (!JustWarn) { 5159 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5160 return; 5161 } 5162 } 5163 5164 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5165 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5166 // and qualified friend declarations. 5167 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5168 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5169 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5170 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5171 // separately. 5172 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5173 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5174 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5175 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5176 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5177 } 5178 5179 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5180 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5181 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5182 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5183 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5184 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5185 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5186 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5187 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5188 } 5189 } 5190 5191 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5192 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5193 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5194 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5195 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5196 5197 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5198 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5199 5200 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5201 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5202 return false; 5203 5204 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5205 5206 #ifndef NDEBUG 5207 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5208 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5209 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5210 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5211 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5212 #endif 5213 5214 bool isC99Inline = 5215 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5216 5217 #ifndef NDEBUG 5218 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5219 #endif 5220 5221 return isC99Inline; 5222 } 5223 5224 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5225 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5226 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5227 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5228 /// 5229 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5230 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5231 /// 5232 /// For instance: 5233 /// 5234 /// auto x = []{}; 5235 /// 5236 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5237 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5238 /// 5239 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5240 template<typename T> 5241 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5242 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5243 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5244 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5245 return false; 5246 } 5247 return D->isExternC(); 5248 } 5249 5250 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5251 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5252 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5253 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5254 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5255 return true; 5256 if (DC->isRecord()) 5257 return false; 5258 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5259 } 5260 5261 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5262 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5263 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5264 return true; 5265 if (DC->isRecord()) 5266 return false; 5267 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5268 } 5269 5270 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5271 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5272 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5273 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5274 return true; 5275 return false; 5276 } 5277 5278 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5279 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5280 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5281 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5282 return true; 5283 5284 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5285 // position to the decl itself. 5286 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5287 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5288 return true; 5289 } 5290 5291 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5292 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5293 } 5294 5295 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5296 /// function-local external declaration. 5297 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5298 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5299 return false; 5300 5301 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5302 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5303 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5304 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5305 return true; 5306 5307 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5308 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5309 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5310 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5311 // 5312 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5313 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5314 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5315 DC = DC->getParent(); 5316 return true; 5317 } 5318 5319 NamedDecl * 5320 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5321 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5322 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5323 bool &AddToScope) { 5324 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5325 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5326 5327 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5328 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 5329 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5330 5331 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5332 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5333 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5334 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5335 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5336 SC = SC_Extern; 5337 5338 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5339 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5340 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5341 5342 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5343 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5344 QualType NR = R; 5345 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5346 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5347 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5348 D.setInvalidType(); 5349 break; 5350 } 5351 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5352 } 5353 5354 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5355 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5356 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5357 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5358 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5359 D.setInvalidType(); 5360 } 5361 } 5362 } 5363 5364 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5365 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5366 // an error here 5367 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5368 D.setInvalidType(); 5369 SC = SC_None; 5370 } 5371 5372 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5373 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5374 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5375 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5376 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5377 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5378 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5379 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5380 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5381 } 5382 5383 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5384 if (!II) { 5385 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5386 << Name; 5387 return nullptr; 5388 } 5389 5390 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5391 5392 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5393 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5394 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5395 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5396 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5397 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5398 D.setInvalidType(); 5399 } 5400 } 5401 5402 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5403 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5404 // OpenCL __local address space. 5405 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5406 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5407 } 5408 5409 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5410 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5411 // space qualifiers. 5412 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5413 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5414 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5415 } 5416 5417 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5418 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5419 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5420 // address space qualifiers. 5421 if (R->isEventT()) { 5422 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5423 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5424 D.setInvalidType(); 5425 } 5426 5427 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5428 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5429 D.setInvalidType(); 5430 } 5431 } 5432 } 5433 5434 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5435 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5436 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5437 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5438 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5439 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5440 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5441 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5442 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5443 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5444 R, TInfo, SC); 5445 5446 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5447 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5448 } else { 5449 bool Invalid = false; 5450 5451 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5452 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5453 switch (SC) { 5454 case SC_None: 5455 break; 5456 case SC_Static: 5457 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5458 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5459 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5460 break; 5461 case SC_Auto: 5462 case SC_Register: 5463 case SC_Extern: 5464 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5465 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5466 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5467 // of class members 5468 5469 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5470 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5471 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5472 break; 5473 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5474 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5475 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5476 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5477 } 5478 } 5479 5480 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5481 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5482 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5483 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5484 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5485 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5486 5487 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5488 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5489 if (RD->isUnion()) 5490 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5491 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5492 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5493 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5494 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5495 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5496 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5497 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5498 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5499 } 5500 } 5501 5502 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5503 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5504 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5505 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5506 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5507 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5508 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5509 : nullptr, 5510 TemplateParamLists, 5511 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5512 5513 if (TemplateParams) { 5514 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5515 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5516 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5517 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5518 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5519 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5520 << II 5521 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5522 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5523 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5524 } else { 5525 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5526 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5527 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5528 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5529 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5530 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5531 // This is a template declaration. 5532 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5533 5534 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5535 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5536 return nullptr; 5537 5538 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5539 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5540 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5541 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5542 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5543 } 5544 } 5545 } else { 5546 assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && 5547 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5548 } 5549 5550 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5551 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5552 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5553 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5554 : SourceLocation(); 5555 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5556 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5557 IsPartialSpecialization); 5558 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5559 return nullptr; 5560 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5561 AddToScope = false; 5562 } else 5563 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5564 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5565 5566 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5567 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5568 NewTemplate = 5569 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5570 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5571 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5572 } 5573 5574 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5575 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5576 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5577 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5578 5579 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5580 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5581 if (NewTemplate) 5582 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5583 } 5584 5585 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5586 5587 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5588 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5589 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5590 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5591 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5592 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5593 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5594 5595 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5596 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5597 } 5598 5599 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5600 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5601 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5602 if (NewTemplate) 5603 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5604 5605 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5606 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5607 5608 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5609 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5610 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5611 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5612 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5613 // explicitly. 5614 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5615 // 'extern'. 5616 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5617 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5618 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5619 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5620 else 5621 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5622 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5623 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5624 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5625 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5626 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5627 else 5628 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5629 } 5630 5631 // C99 6.7.4p3 5632 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5633 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5634 // thread storage duration... 5635 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5636 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5637 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5638 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5639 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5640 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5641 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5642 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5643 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5644 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5645 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5646 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5647 } 5648 } 5649 5650 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5651 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5652 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5653 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5654 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5655 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5656 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5657 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5658 << 2 5659 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5660 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5661 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5662 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5663 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5664 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5665 else { 5666 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5667 if (NewTemplate) 5668 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5669 } 5670 } 5671 5672 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5673 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5674 5675 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5676 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5677 // storage [duration]." 5678 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5679 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5680 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5681 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5682 } 5683 } 5684 5685 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5686 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5687 // check the VarDecl itself. 5688 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5689 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5690 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5691 5692 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5693 // retainable type. 5694 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5695 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5696 5697 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5698 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5699 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5700 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5701 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5702 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5703 switch (SC) { 5704 case SC_None: 5705 case SC_Auto: 5706 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5707 break; 5708 case SC_Register: 5709 // Local Named register 5710 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5711 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5712 break; 5713 case SC_Static: 5714 case SC_Extern: 5715 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5716 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5717 break; 5718 } 5719 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5720 // Global Named register 5721 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5722 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5723 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5724 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5725 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5726 } 5727 } 5728 5729 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5730 Context, Label, 0)); 5731 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5732 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5733 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5734 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5735 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5736 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5737 } 5738 } 5739 5740 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5741 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5742 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5743 5744 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5745 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5746 // declaration has linkage). 5747 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5748 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5749 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5750 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5751 5752 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5753 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5754 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5755 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5756 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5757 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5758 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5759 5760 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5761 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5762 } else { 5763 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5764 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5765 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5766 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5767 5768 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5769 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5770 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5771 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5772 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5773 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5774 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5775 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5776 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5777 Previous.clear(); 5778 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5779 } 5780 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5781 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5782 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5783 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5784 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5785 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5786 } 5787 5788 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5789 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5790 5791 if (NewTemplate) { 5792 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5793 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5794 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5795 : nullptr; 5796 5797 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5798 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5799 // template declaration. 5800 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5801 TemplateParams, 5802 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5803 : nullptr, 5804 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5805 DC->isDependentContext()) 5806 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5807 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5808 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5809 5810 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5811 // template, make a note of that. 5812 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5813 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5814 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5815 } 5816 } 5817 5818 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5819 5820 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5821 // the map of such variables. 5822 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5823 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5824 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5825 5826 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5827 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5828 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5829 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5830 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5831 Context.setManglingNumber( 5832 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5833 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5834 } 5835 } 5836 5837 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5838 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5839 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 5840 IsExplicitSpecialization); 5841 } 5842 5843 if (NewTemplate) { 5844 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5845 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5846 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5847 return NewTemplate; 5848 } 5849 5850 return NewVD; 5851 } 5852 5853 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5854 /// -Wshadow. 5855 /// 5856 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5857 /// scope. 5858 /// 5859 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5860 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5861 /// 5862 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5863 // Return if warning is ignored. 5864 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 5865 return; 5866 5867 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5868 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5869 return; 5870 5871 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5872 5873 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5874 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5875 return; 5876 5877 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5878 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5879 return; 5880 5881 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5882 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5883 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5884 if (MD->isStatic()) 5885 return; 5886 5887 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5888 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5889 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5890 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5891 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5892 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5893 ShadowedDecl = I; 5894 break; 5895 } 5896 } 5897 5898 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5899 5900 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5901 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5902 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5903 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5904 return; 5905 5906 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5907 // static data members from base classes? 5908 5909 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5910 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5911 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5912 } 5913 5914 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5915 unsigned Kind; 5916 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5917 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5918 Kind = 3; // field 5919 else 5920 Kind = 2; // static data member 5921 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5922 Kind = 1; // global 5923 else 5924 Kind = 0; // local 5925 5926 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5927 5928 // Emit warning and note. 5929 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5930 return; 5931 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5932 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5933 } 5934 5935 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5936 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5937 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 5938 return; 5939 5940 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5941 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5942 LookupName(R, S); 5943 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5944 } 5945 5946 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5947 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5948 template<typename T> 5949 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5950 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5951 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5952 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5953 5954 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5955 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5956 // declaration. 5957 return false; 5958 } 5959 5960 if (Prev) { 5961 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5962 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5963 // redeclaration. 5964 Previous.clear(); 5965 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5966 return true; 5967 } 5968 5969 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5970 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5971 // declaration. 5972 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5973 return false; 5974 } else { 5975 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5976 // translation unit which might conflict. 5977 if (IsGlobal) { 5978 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5979 IsGlobal = false; 5980 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5981 I != E; ++I) { 5982 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5983 Prev = *I; 5984 break; 5985 } 5986 } 5987 } else { 5988 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5989 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5990 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5991 I != E; ++I) { 5992 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5993 Prev = *I; 5994 break; 5995 } 5996 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5997 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5998 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5999 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6000 // diagnostic. 6001 } 6002 } 6003 6004 if (!Prev) 6005 return false; 6006 } 6007 6008 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6009 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6010 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6011 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6012 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6013 else 6014 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6015 6016 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6017 << IsGlobal << ND; 6018 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6019 << IsGlobal; 6020 return false; 6021 } 6022 6023 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6024 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6025 /// 6026 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6027 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6028 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6029 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6030 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6031 template<typename T> 6032 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6033 LookupResult &Previous) { 6034 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6035 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6036 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6037 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6038 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6039 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6040 Previous.clear(); 6041 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6042 return true; 6043 } 6044 } 6045 return false; 6046 } 6047 6048 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6049 // declaration. 6050 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6051 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6052 6053 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6054 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6055 // in another scope. 6056 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6057 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6058 6059 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6060 return false; 6061 } 6062 6063 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6064 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6065 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6066 return; 6067 6068 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6069 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6070 6071 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6072 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6073 return; 6074 6075 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6076 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6077 6078 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6079 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6080 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6081 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6082 NewVD->setType(T); 6083 } 6084 6085 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6086 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6087 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6088 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6089 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6090 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6091 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6092 return; 6093 } 6094 6095 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6096 // __constant address space. 6097 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6098 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6099 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6100 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6101 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6102 return; 6103 } 6104 6105 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6106 // scope. 6107 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6108 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6109 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6110 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6111 return; 6112 } 6113 6114 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6115 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6116 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6117 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6118 else { 6119 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6120 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6121 } 6122 } 6123 6124 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6125 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6126 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6127 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6128 6129 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6130 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6131 bool SizeIsNegative; 6132 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6133 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6134 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6135 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6136 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6137 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6138 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6139 // int a[10][n]; 6140 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6141 6142 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6143 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6144 << SizeRange; 6145 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6146 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6147 << SizeRange; 6148 else 6149 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6150 << SizeRange; 6151 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6152 return; 6153 } 6154 6155 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6156 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6157 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6158 else 6159 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6160 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6161 return; 6162 } 6163 6164 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6165 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6166 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6167 } 6168 6169 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6170 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6171 // of objects and functions. 6172 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6173 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6174 << T; 6175 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6176 return; 6177 } 6178 } 6179 6180 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6181 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6182 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6183 return; 6184 } 6185 6186 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6187 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6188 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6189 return; 6190 } 6191 6192 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6193 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6194 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6195 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6196 return; 6197 } 6198 } 6199 6200 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6201 /// declaration. 6202 /// 6203 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6204 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6205 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6206 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6207 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6208 /// 6209 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6210 /// 6211 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6212 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6213 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6214 6215 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6216 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6217 return false; 6218 6219 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6220 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6221 if (Previous.empty() && 6222 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6223 Previous.setShadowed(); 6224 6225 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6226 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 6227 6228 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6229 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6230 return true; 6231 } 6232 return false; 6233 } 6234 6235 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6236 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6237 Sema *S; 6238 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6239 }; 6240 6241 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6242 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6243 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6244 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6245 CXXBasePath &Path, 6246 void *UserData) { 6247 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6248 6249 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6250 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6251 6252 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6253 6254 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6255 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6256 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6257 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6258 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6259 6260 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6261 } 6262 6263 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6264 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6265 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6266 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6267 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6268 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6269 return true; 6270 } 6271 } 6272 6273 return false; 6274 } 6275 6276 namespace { 6277 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6278 } 6279 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6280 /// overriden methods. 6281 /// 6282 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6283 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6284 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6285 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6286 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6287 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6288 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6289 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6290 I != E; ++I) { 6291 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6292 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6293 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6294 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6295 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6296 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6297 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6298 } 6299 } 6300 6301 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6302 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6303 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6304 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 6305 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6306 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6307 Data.Method = MD; 6308 Data.S = this; 6309 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6310 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6311 bool AddedAny = false; 6312 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6313 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6314 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6315 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6316 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6317 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6318 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6319 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6320 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6321 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6322 AddedAny = true; 6323 } 6324 } 6325 } 6326 } 6327 6328 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6329 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6330 } 6331 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6332 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6333 } 6334 6335 return AddedAny; 6336 } 6337 6338 namespace { 6339 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6340 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6341 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6342 Scope *S; 6343 Declarator &D; 6344 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6345 bool AddToScope; 6346 }; 6347 } 6348 6349 namespace { 6350 6351 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6352 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6353 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6354 public: 6355 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6356 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6357 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6358 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6359 6360 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6361 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6362 return false; 6363 6364 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6365 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6366 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6367 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6368 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6369 6370 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6371 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6372 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6373 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6374 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6375 return true; 6376 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6377 return true; 6378 } 6379 } 6380 } 6381 6382 return false; 6383 } 6384 6385 private: 6386 ASTContext &Context; 6387 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6388 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6389 }; 6390 6391 } 6392 6393 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6394 /// 6395 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6396 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6397 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6398 /// the same name. 6399 /// 6400 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6401 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6402 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6403 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6404 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6405 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6406 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6407 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6408 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6409 TypoCorrection Correction; 6410 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6411 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6412 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6413 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6414 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6415 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6416 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6417 6418 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6419 if (IsLocalFriend) 6420 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6421 else 6422 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6423 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6424 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6425 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6426 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6427 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6428 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6429 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6430 if (FD && 6431 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6432 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6433 // involve a parameter 6434 unsigned ParamNum = 6435 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6436 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6437 } 6438 } 6439 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6440 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6441 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6442 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6443 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6444 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6445 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6446 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6447 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6448 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6449 Previous.clear(); 6450 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6451 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6452 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6453 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6454 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6455 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6456 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6457 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6458 } 6459 } 6460 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6461 6462 NamedDecl *Result; 6463 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6464 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6465 { 6466 // Trap errors. 6467 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6468 6469 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6470 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6471 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6472 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6473 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6474 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6475 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6476 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6477 6478 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6479 Result = nullptr; 6480 } 6481 6482 if (Result) { 6483 // Determine which correction we picked. 6484 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6485 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6486 I != E; ++I) 6487 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6488 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6489 6490 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6491 Correction, 6492 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6493 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6494 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6495 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6496 return Result; 6497 } 6498 6499 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6500 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6501 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6502 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6503 Previous.clear(); 6504 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6505 } 6506 6507 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6508 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6509 6510 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6511 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6512 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6513 6514 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6515 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6516 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6517 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6518 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6519 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6520 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6521 6522 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6523 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6524 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6525 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6526 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6527 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6528 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6529 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6530 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6531 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6532 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6533 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6534 } else 6535 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6536 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6537 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6538 } 6539 return nullptr; 6540 } 6541 6542 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6543 Declarator &D) { 6544 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6545 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6546 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6547 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6548 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6549 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6550 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6551 D.setInvalidType(); 6552 break; 6553 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6554 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6555 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6556 return SC_None; 6557 return SC_Extern; 6558 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6559 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6560 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6561 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6562 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6563 // other than extern 6564 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6565 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6566 diag::err_static_block_func); 6567 break; 6568 } else 6569 return SC_Static; 6570 } 6571 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6572 } 6573 6574 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6575 return SC_None; 6576 } 6577 6578 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6579 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6580 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6581 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6582 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6583 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6584 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6585 6586 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6587 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6588 6589 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6590 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6591 // prototype. This true when: 6592 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6593 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6594 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6595 bool HasPrototype = 6596 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6597 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6598 6599 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6600 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6601 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6602 HasPrototype, false); 6603 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6604 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6605 6606 // Set the lexical context. 6607 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6608 6609 return NewFD; 6610 } 6611 6612 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6613 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6614 6615 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6616 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6617 // the class has been completely parsed. 6618 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6619 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6620 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6621 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6622 D.setInvalidType(); 6623 6624 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6625 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6626 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6627 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6628 6629 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6630 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6631 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6632 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6633 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6634 isConstexpr); 6635 6636 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6637 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6638 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6639 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6640 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6641 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6642 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6643 D.getLocStart(), 6644 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6645 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6646 6647 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6648 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6649 // it yet. 6650 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6651 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6652 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6653 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6654 } 6655 6656 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6657 return NewDD; 6658 6659 } else { 6660 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6661 D.setInvalidType(); 6662 6663 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6664 // code path. 6665 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6666 D.getLocStart(), 6667 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6668 SC, isInline, 6669 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6670 } 6671 6672 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6673 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6674 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6675 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6676 return nullptr; 6677 } 6678 6679 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6680 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6681 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6682 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6683 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6684 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6685 6686 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6687 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6688 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6689 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6690 // constructor if it has no return type). 6691 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6692 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6693 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6694 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6695 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6696 return nullptr; 6697 } 6698 6699 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6700 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6701 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6702 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6703 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6704 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6705 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6706 return Ret; 6707 } else { 6708 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6709 // prototype. This true when: 6710 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6711 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6712 D.getLocStart(), 6713 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6714 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6715 } 6716 } 6717 6718 enum OpenCLParamType { 6719 ValidKernelParam, 6720 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6721 PtrKernelParam, 6722 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6723 InvalidKernelParam, 6724 RecordKernelParam 6725 }; 6726 6727 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6728 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6729 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6730 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6731 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6732 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6733 : PtrKernelParam; 6734 } 6735 6736 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6737 // be used as builtin types. 6738 6739 if (PT->isImageType()) 6740 return PtrKernelParam; 6741 6742 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6743 return InvalidKernelParam; 6744 6745 if (PT->isEventT()) 6746 return InvalidKernelParam; 6747 6748 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6749 return InvalidKernelParam; 6750 6751 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6752 return RecordKernelParam; 6753 6754 return ValidKernelParam; 6755 } 6756 6757 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6758 Sema &S, 6759 Declarator &D, 6760 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6761 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 6762 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6763 6764 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6765 // used again 6766 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6767 return; 6768 6769 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6770 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6771 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6772 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6773 // pointer to a pointer type. 6774 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6775 D.setInvalidType(); 6776 return; 6777 6778 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6779 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6780 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6781 // pointer to the private address space. 6782 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6783 D.setInvalidType(); 6784 return; 6785 6786 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6787 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6788 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6789 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6790 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6791 6792 case InvalidKernelParam: 6793 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6794 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6795 // of event_t type. 6796 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6797 D.setInvalidType(); 6798 return; 6799 6800 case PtrKernelParam: 6801 case ValidKernelParam: 6802 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6803 return; 6804 6805 case RecordKernelParam: 6806 break; 6807 } 6808 6809 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6810 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6811 6812 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6813 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6814 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6815 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 6816 6817 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6818 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6819 6820 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6821 6822 do { 6823 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6824 if (!Next) { 6825 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6826 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6827 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6828 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6829 6830 continue; 6831 } 6832 6833 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6834 // field itself) to the history stack. 6835 const RecordDecl *RD; 6836 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6837 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6838 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6839 } else { 6840 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6841 } 6842 6843 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6844 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 6845 6846 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6847 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6848 6849 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6850 continue; 6851 6852 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6853 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6854 continue; 6855 6856 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6857 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6858 continue; 6859 } 6860 6861 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6862 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6863 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6864 // union. 6865 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 6866 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 6867 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6868 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6869 << PT->isUnionType() 6870 << PT; 6871 } else { 6872 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6873 } 6874 6875 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6876 << PD->getDeclName(); 6877 6878 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6879 // the offending field came from 6880 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6881 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6882 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6883 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6884 << OuterField->getType(); 6885 } 6886 6887 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6888 << QT->isPointerType() 6889 << QT; 6890 D.setInvalidType(); 6891 return; 6892 } 6893 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6894 } 6895 6896 NamedDecl* 6897 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6898 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6899 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6900 bool &AddToScope) { 6901 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6902 6903 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6904 6905 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6906 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6907 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6908 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6909 6910 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6911 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6912 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6913 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6914 6915 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6916 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6917 6918 bool isFriend = false; 6919 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 6920 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6921 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6922 6923 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6924 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6925 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6926 6927 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6928 6929 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6930 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6931 6932 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6933 isVirtualOkay); 6934 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 6935 6936 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6937 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6938 6939 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6940 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6941 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6942 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6943 6944 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6945 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6946 6947 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6948 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6949 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6950 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6951 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6952 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6953 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6954 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6955 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6956 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6957 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6958 } 6959 6960 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6961 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6962 // return true). 6963 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6964 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6965 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6966 NewFD->setPure(true); 6967 } 6968 6969 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6970 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6971 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6972 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6973 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6974 6975 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6976 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6977 bool Invalid = false; 6978 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6979 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6980 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6981 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6982 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6983 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6984 : nullptr, 6985 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 6986 Invalid)) { 6987 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6988 // This is a function template 6989 6990 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6991 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6992 return nullptr; 6993 6994 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6995 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6996 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6997 return nullptr; 6998 } 6999 7000 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7001 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7002 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7003 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7004 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7005 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7006 Invalid = true; 7007 } 7008 7009 7010 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7011 NewFD->getLocation(), 7012 Name, TemplateParams, 7013 NewFD); 7014 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7015 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7016 7017 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7018 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7019 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7020 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 7021 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7022 } 7023 } else { 7024 // This is a function template specialization. 7025 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7026 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7027 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7028 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7029 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7030 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7031 7032 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7033 if (isFriend) { 7034 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7035 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7036 7037 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7038 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7039 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7040 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7041 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7042 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7043 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7044 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7045 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7046 } 7047 7048 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7049 << Name << RemoveRange 7050 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7051 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7052 } 7053 } 7054 } 7055 else { 7056 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7057 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7058 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7059 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7060 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7061 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7062 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7063 } 7064 7065 if (Invalid) { 7066 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7067 if (FunctionTemplate) 7068 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7069 } 7070 7071 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7072 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7073 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7074 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7075 // 7076 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7077 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7078 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7079 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7080 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7081 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7082 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7083 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7084 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7085 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7086 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7087 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7088 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7089 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7090 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7091 } else { 7092 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7093 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7094 } 7095 7096 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7097 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7098 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7099 } 7100 7101 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7102 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7103 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7104 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7105 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7106 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7107 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7108 // thing to do. 7109 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7110 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7111 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7112 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7113 QualType Result = 7114 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7115 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7116 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7117 } 7118 7119 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7120 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7121 // declaration. 7122 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7123 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7124 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7125 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7126 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7127 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7128 } 7129 } 7130 7131 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7132 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7133 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7134 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7135 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7136 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7137 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7138 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7139 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7140 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7141 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7142 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7143 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7144 // or conversion function. 7145 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7146 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7147 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7148 } 7149 } 7150 7151 if (isConstexpr) { 7152 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7153 // are implicitly inline. 7154 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7155 7156 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7157 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7158 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7159 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7160 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7161 } 7162 7163 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7164 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7165 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7166 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7167 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7168 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7169 << 0 7170 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7171 } else { 7172 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7173 if (FunctionTemplate) 7174 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7175 } 7176 } 7177 7178 if (isFriend) { 7179 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7180 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7181 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7182 } 7183 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7184 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7185 } 7186 7187 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7188 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7189 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7190 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7191 case FDK_Declaration: 7192 case FDK_Definition: 7193 break; 7194 7195 case FDK_Defaulted: 7196 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7197 break; 7198 7199 case FDK_Deleted: 7200 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7201 break; 7202 } 7203 7204 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7205 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7206 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7207 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7208 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7209 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7210 } 7211 7212 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7213 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7214 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7215 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7216 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7217 // the class. 7218 7219 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7220 // member function definition. 7221 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7222 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7223 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7224 } 7225 7226 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7227 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7228 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7229 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7230 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7231 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7232 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7233 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7234 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7235 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7236 } 7237 7238 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7239 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7240 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7241 isExplicitSpecialization || 7242 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7243 7244 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7245 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7246 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7247 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7248 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7249 SE->getString(), 0)); 7250 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7251 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7252 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7253 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7254 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7255 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7256 } 7257 } 7258 7259 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7260 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7261 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7262 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7263 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7264 7265 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7266 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7267 // single void argument. 7268 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7269 // already checks for that case. 7270 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7271 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7272 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7273 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7274 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7275 Params.push_back(Param); 7276 7277 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7278 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7279 } 7280 } 7281 7282 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7283 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7284 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7285 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7286 // 7287 // @code 7288 // typedef void fn(int); 7289 // fn f; 7290 // @endcode 7291 7292 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7293 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7294 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7295 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7296 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7297 Params.push_back(Param); 7298 } 7299 } else { 7300 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7301 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7302 } 7303 7304 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7305 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7306 7307 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7308 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7309 // 7310 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7311 // 7312 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7313 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7314 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7315 7316 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7317 NewFD->addAttr( 7318 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7319 Context, 0)); 7320 7321 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7322 // because all functions have linkage. 7323 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7324 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7325 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7326 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7327 } 7328 7329 if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && 7330 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7331 NewFD->addAttr( 7332 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7333 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7334 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7335 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7336 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7337 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7338 NewFD)) 7339 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7340 } 7341 7342 // Handle attributes. 7343 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7344 7345 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7346 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 7347 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 7348 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 7349 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 7350 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7351 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 7352 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 7353 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 7354 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 7355 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7356 } 7357 7358 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7359 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7360 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7361 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 7362 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7363 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7364 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7365 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7366 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7367 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7368 } 7369 } 7370 7371 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7372 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7373 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7374 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7375 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7376 7377 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7378 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7379 7380 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7381 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7382 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7383 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7384 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7385 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7386 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7387 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7388 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7389 } else { 7390 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7391 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7392 // 7393 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7394 // 7395 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7396 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7397 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7398 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7399 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7400 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7401 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7402 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7403 7404 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7405 // argument list into our AST format. 7406 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7407 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7408 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7409 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7410 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7411 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7412 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7413 TemplateArgs); 7414 7415 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7416 7417 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7418 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7419 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7420 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7421 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7422 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7423 7424 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7425 } else { 7426 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7427 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7428 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7429 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7430 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7431 } 7432 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7433 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7434 // wrote something like: 7435 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7436 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7437 // friend void foo<>(int); 7438 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7439 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7440 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7441 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7442 } 7443 7444 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7445 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7446 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7447 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7448 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7449 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7450 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7451 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7452 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7453 InstantiationDependent))) { 7454 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7455 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7456 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7457 Previous)) 7458 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7459 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7460 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7461 && !isFriend) { 7462 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7463 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7464 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7465 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7466 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7467 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7468 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7469 : nullptr), 7470 Previous)) 7471 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7472 7473 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7474 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7475 // specialization (14.7.3) 7476 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7477 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7478 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7479 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7480 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7481 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7482 << SC 7483 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7484 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7485 7486 else 7487 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7488 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7489 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7490 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7491 } 7492 7493 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7494 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7495 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7496 } 7497 7498 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7499 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7500 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7501 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7502 7503 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7504 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7505 7506 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7507 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7508 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7509 } 7510 7511 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7512 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7513 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7514 7515 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7516 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7517 : NewFD); 7518 7519 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7520 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7521 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7522 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7523 7524 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7525 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7526 } 7527 7528 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7529 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7530 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7531 7532 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7533 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7534 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7535 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7536 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7537 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7538 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7539 : nullptr, 7540 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7541 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7542 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7543 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7544 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7545 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7546 DC->isDependentContext()) 7547 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7548 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7549 } 7550 7551 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7552 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7553 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7554 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7555 AddToScope }; 7556 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7557 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7558 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7559 7560 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7561 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7562 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7563 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7564 7565 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7566 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7567 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7568 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7569 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7570 // can actually do this check immediately. 7571 if (isFriend && 7572 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7573 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7574 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7575 // ignore these 7576 } else { 7577 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7578 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7579 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7580 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7581 // 7582 // class X { 7583 // void f() const; 7584 // }; 7585 // 7586 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7587 // 7588 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7589 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7590 // whether the parameter types are references). 7591 7592 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7593 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7594 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7595 return Result; 7596 } 7597 } 7598 7599 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7600 // to something. 7601 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7602 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7603 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7604 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7605 return Result; 7606 } 7607 } 7608 7609 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7610 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7611 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7612 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7613 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7614 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7615 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7616 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7617 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7618 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7619 // generate them. 7620 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7621 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7622 } 7623 } 7624 7625 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7626 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7627 7628 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7629 7630 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7631 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7632 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7633 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7634 << NewFD; 7635 7636 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7637 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7638 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7639 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7640 EPI.Variadic = true; 7641 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7642 7643 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7644 NewFD->setType(R); 7645 } 7646 7647 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7648 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7649 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7650 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7651 7652 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7653 // marking the function. 7654 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7655 7656 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7657 // a pragma. 7658 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7659 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7660 7661 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7662 // the map of such variables. 7663 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7664 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7665 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7666 7667 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7668 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7669 7670 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7671 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7672 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7673 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7674 } 7675 7676 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7677 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7678 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7679 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7680 return FunctionTemplate; 7681 } 7682 } 7683 7684 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7685 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7686 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7687 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7688 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7689 D.setInvalidType(); 7690 } 7691 7692 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7693 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7694 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7695 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7696 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7697 : FixItHint()); 7698 D.setInvalidType(); 7699 } 7700 7701 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7702 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7703 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7704 } 7705 7706 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7707 7708 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7709 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7710 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7711 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7712 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7713 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7714 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7715 7716 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7717 } 7718 } 7719 7720 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7721 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7722 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7723 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7724 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7725 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7726 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7727 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7728 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7729 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7730 AddToScope = false; 7731 } 7732 7733 return NewFD; 7734 } 7735 7736 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7737 /// 7738 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7739 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7740 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7741 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7742 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7743 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7744 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7745 /// 7746 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7747 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7748 /// 7749 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7750 /// 7751 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7752 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7753 LookupResult &Previous, 7754 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7755 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7756 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7757 7758 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7759 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7760 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7761 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7762 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7763 7764 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7765 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7766 7767 bool Redeclaration = false; 7768 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 7769 7770 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7771 // the same name, if appropriate. 7772 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7773 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7774 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7775 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7776 // function to the scope. 7777 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7778 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7779 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7780 Redeclaration = true; 7781 OldDecl = Candidate; 7782 } 7783 } else { 7784 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7785 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7786 case Ovl_Match: 7787 Redeclaration = true; 7788 break; 7789 7790 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7791 Redeclaration = true; 7792 break; 7793 7794 case Ovl_Overload: 7795 Redeclaration = false; 7796 break; 7797 } 7798 7799 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7800 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7801 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7802 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7803 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7804 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 7805 if (Redeclaration) 7806 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7807 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7808 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7809 if (OverloadedDecl) 7810 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7811 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7812 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7813 } 7814 } 7815 } 7816 7817 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7818 if (!Redeclaration && 7819 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7820 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7821 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7822 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7823 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7824 Redeclaration = true; 7825 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7826 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7827 7828 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7829 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7830 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7831 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7832 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7833 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7834 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7835 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7836 } 7837 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7838 Redeclaration = false; 7839 OldDecl = nullptr; 7840 } 7841 } 7842 } 7843 } 7844 7845 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7846 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7847 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7848 // 7849 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7850 // definition of a static member function. 7851 // 7852 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7853 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7854 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7855 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7856 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7857 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7858 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 7859 if (OldDecl) 7860 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7861 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7862 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7863 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7864 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7865 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7866 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7867 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7868 7869 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7870 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7871 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7872 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7873 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7874 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7875 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7876 7877 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7878 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7879 } 7880 } 7881 } 7882 7883 if (Redeclaration) { 7884 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7885 // merged. 7886 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7887 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7888 return Redeclaration; 7889 } 7890 7891 Previous.clear(); 7892 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7893 7894 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7895 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7896 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7897 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7898 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7899 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7900 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7901 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7902 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7903 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7904 } 7905 7906 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7907 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7908 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7909 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7910 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7911 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7912 } 7913 7914 } else { 7915 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7916 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7917 7918 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7919 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7920 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7921 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7922 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7923 7924 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7925 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7926 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7927 7928 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7929 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7930 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7931 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7932 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7933 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7934 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7935 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7936 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7937 } 7938 } 7939 } 7940 } 7941 } 7942 7943 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7944 7945 // Diagnose calling conventions that don't support variadic calls. 7946 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 7947 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 7948 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewType)) { 7949 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 7950 if (!supportsVariadicCall(NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 7951 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7952 // (void) parameters, so use a default-error warning in this case :-/ 7953 int DiagID = NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_X86StdCall 7954 ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7955 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7956 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()); 7957 } 7958 } 7959 7960 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7961 // C++-specific checks. 7962 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7963 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7964 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7965 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7966 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7967 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7968 7969 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7970 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7971 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7972 DeclarationName Name 7973 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7974 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7975 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7976 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7977 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7978 return Redeclaration; 7979 } 7980 } 7981 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7982 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7983 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7984 } 7985 7986 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7987 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7988 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7989 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7990 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7991 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7992 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7993 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7994 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7995 } 7996 } 7997 } 7998 7999 if (Method->isStatic()) 8000 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8001 } 8002 8003 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8004 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8005 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8006 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8007 return Redeclaration; 8008 } 8009 8010 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8011 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8012 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8013 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8014 return Redeclaration; 8015 } 8016 8017 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8018 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8019 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8020 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8021 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8022 8023 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8024 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8025 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8026 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8027 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8028 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8029 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8030 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8031 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8032 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8033 } 8034 } 8035 8036 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8037 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8038 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8039 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8040 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 8041 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8042 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8043 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8044 << NewFD << R; 8045 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8046 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8047 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8048 } 8049 } 8050 return Redeclaration; 8051 } 8052 8053 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8054 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8055 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8056 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8057 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8058 // appear in a declaration of main. 8059 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8060 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8061 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8062 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8063 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8064 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8065 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8066 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8067 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8068 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8069 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8070 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8071 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8072 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8073 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8074 } 8075 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8076 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8077 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8078 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8079 } 8080 8081 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8082 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8083 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8084 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8085 return; 8086 } 8087 8088 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8089 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8090 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8091 8092 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8093 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8094 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8095 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8096 8097 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8098 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8099 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8100 else { 8101 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8102 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8103 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8104 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8105 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8106 } 8107 } else { 8108 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8109 // set the flag which tells us that. 8110 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8111 8112 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8113 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8114 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8115 else { 8116 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8117 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8118 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8119 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8120 : FixItHint()); 8121 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8122 } 8123 } 8124 8125 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8126 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8127 8128 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8129 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8130 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8131 8132 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8133 8134 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8135 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8136 // getting shifty. 8137 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8138 HasExtraParameters = false; 8139 8140 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8141 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8142 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8143 nparams = 3; 8144 } 8145 8146 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8147 // if we had some location information about types. 8148 8149 QualType CharPP = 8150 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8151 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8152 8153 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8154 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8155 8156 bool mismatch = true; 8157 8158 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8159 mismatch = false; 8160 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8161 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8162 // char const ** 8163 // char const * const * 8164 // char * const * 8165 8166 QualifierCollector qs; 8167 const PointerType* PT; 8168 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8169 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8170 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8171 Context.CharTy)) { 8172 qs.removeConst(); 8173 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8174 } 8175 } 8176 8177 if (mismatch) { 8178 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8179 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8180 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8181 } 8182 } 8183 8184 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8185 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8186 } 8187 8188 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8189 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8190 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8191 } 8192 } 8193 8194 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8195 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8196 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8197 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8198 8199 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8200 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8201 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8202 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8203 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8204 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8205 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8206 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8207 8208 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8209 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8210 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8211 } 8212 } 8213 8214 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8215 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8216 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8217 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8218 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8219 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8220 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8221 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8222 // rules there don't matter.) 8223 const Expr *Culprit; 8224 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8225 return false; 8226 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8227 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8228 return true; 8229 } 8230 8231 namespace { 8232 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8233 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8234 class SelfReferenceChecker 8235 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8236 Sema &S; 8237 Decl *OrigDecl; 8238 bool isRecordType; 8239 bool isPODType; 8240 bool isReferenceType; 8241 8242 bool isInitList; 8243 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8244 public: 8245 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8246 8247 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8248 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8249 isPODType = false; 8250 isRecordType = false; 8251 isReferenceType = false; 8252 isInitList = false; 8253 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8254 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8255 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8256 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8257 } 8258 } 8259 8260 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8261 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8262 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8263 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8264 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8265 if (!InitList) { 8266 Visit(E); 8267 return; 8268 } 8269 8270 // Track and increment the index here. 8271 isInitList = true; 8272 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8273 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8274 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8275 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8276 } 8277 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8278 } 8279 8280 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8281 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8282 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8283 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8284 Expr *Base = E; 8285 bool ReferenceField = false; 8286 8287 // Get the field memebers used. 8288 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8289 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8290 if (!FD) 8291 return false; 8292 Fields.push_back(FD); 8293 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8294 ReferenceField = true; 8295 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8296 } 8297 8298 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8299 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8300 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8301 return false; 8302 8303 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8304 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8305 return true; 8306 8307 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8308 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8309 for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) { 8310 UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex()); 8311 } 8312 8313 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8314 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8315 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8316 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8317 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8318 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8319 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8320 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8321 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8322 return true; 8323 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8324 break; 8325 } 8326 8327 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8328 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8329 return true; 8330 } 8331 8332 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8333 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8334 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8335 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8336 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8337 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8338 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8339 return; 8340 } 8341 8342 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8343 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8344 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8345 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8346 return; 8347 } 8348 8349 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8350 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8351 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8352 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8353 return; 8354 } 8355 8356 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8357 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8358 return; 8359 } 8360 8361 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8362 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8363 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8364 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8365 return; 8366 } 8367 } 8368 8369 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8370 if (isInitList) { 8371 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8372 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8373 return; 8374 } 8375 8376 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8377 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8378 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8379 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8380 return; 8381 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8382 } 8383 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8384 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8385 return; 8386 } 8387 8388 Visit(E); 8389 } 8390 8391 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8392 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8393 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8394 if (isReferenceType) 8395 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8396 } 8397 8398 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8399 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8400 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8401 return; 8402 } 8403 8404 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8405 } 8406 8407 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8408 if (isInitList) { 8409 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8410 return; 8411 } 8412 8413 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8414 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8415 8416 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8417 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8418 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8419 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8420 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8421 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8422 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8423 Warn = false; 8424 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8425 } 8426 8427 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8428 if (Warn) 8429 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8430 return; 8431 } 8432 8433 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8434 // Visit that expression. 8435 Visit(Base); 8436 } 8437 8438 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8439 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 8440 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 8441 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8442 8443 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8444 } 8445 8446 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8447 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8448 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8449 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8450 if (!isPODType) 8451 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8452 return; 8453 } 8454 8455 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8456 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8457 return; 8458 } 8459 8460 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8461 } 8462 8463 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8464 8465 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8466 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8467 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8468 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8469 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8470 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8471 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8472 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8473 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8474 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8475 return; 8476 } 8477 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8478 } 8479 8480 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8481 // Treat std::move as a use. 8482 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8483 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8484 if (FD->getIdentifier() && FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8485 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8486 return; 8487 } 8488 } 8489 } 8490 8491 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8492 } 8493 8494 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8495 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8496 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8497 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8498 return; 8499 } 8500 8501 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8502 } 8503 8504 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8505 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8506 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8507 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8508 Visit(E->getCond()); 8509 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8510 } 8511 8512 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8513 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8514 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8515 unsigned diag; 8516 if (isReferenceType) { 8517 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8518 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8519 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8520 } else { 8521 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8522 } 8523 8524 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8525 S.PDiag(diag) 8526 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8527 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8528 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8529 } 8530 }; 8531 8532 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8533 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8534 bool DirectInit) { 8535 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8536 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8537 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8538 return; 8539 8540 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8541 8542 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8543 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8544 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8545 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8546 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8547 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8548 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8549 return; 8550 8551 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8552 } 8553 } 8554 8555 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8556 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8557 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8558 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8559 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8560 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8561 // the initializer. 8562 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8563 return; 8564 8565 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8566 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8567 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8568 // Thus this grotesque test. 8569 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8570 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8571 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8572 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8573 else { 8574 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8575 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8576 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8577 } 8578 return; 8579 } 8580 8581 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8582 if (!VDecl) { 8583 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8584 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8585 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8586 return; 8587 } 8588 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8589 8590 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8591 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8592 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8593 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8594 // contains exactly one expression. 8595 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8596 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8597 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8598 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8599 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8600 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8601 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8602 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8603 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8604 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8605 return; 8606 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8607 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8608 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8609 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8610 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8611 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8612 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8613 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8614 return; 8615 } else { 8616 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8617 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8618 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8619 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8620 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8621 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8622 } 8623 } 8624 8625 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8626 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8627 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8628 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8629 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8630 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8631 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8632 return; 8633 } 8634 Init = Result.get(); 8635 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8636 } 8637 8638 QualType DeducedType; 8639 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8640 DAR_Failed) 8641 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8642 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8643 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8644 return; 8645 } 8646 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8647 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8648 8649 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8650 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8651 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8652 8653 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8654 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8655 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8656 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8657 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8658 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8659 SourceLocation Loc = 8660 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8661 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8662 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8663 } 8664 8665 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8666 // the previously declared type. 8667 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8668 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8669 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8670 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8671 } 8672 8673 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8674 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8675 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8676 return; 8677 } 8678 8679 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8680 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8681 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8682 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8683 return; 8684 } 8685 8686 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8687 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8688 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8689 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8690 return; 8691 } 8692 8693 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8694 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8695 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8696 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8697 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8698 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8699 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8700 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8701 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8702 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8703 return; 8704 } 8705 8706 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8707 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8708 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8709 AbstractVariableType)) 8710 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8711 } 8712 8713 const VarDecl *Def; 8714 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8715 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8716 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8717 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8718 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8719 return; 8720 } 8721 8722 const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr; 8723 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8724 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8725 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8726 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8727 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8728 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8729 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8730 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8731 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8732 // 8733 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8734 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8735 // declaration with an initializer. 8736 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8737 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8738 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8739 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8740 return; 8741 } 8742 8743 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8744 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8745 8746 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8747 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8748 return; 8749 } 8750 } 8751 8752 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8753 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8754 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8755 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8756 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8757 return; 8758 } 8759 8760 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8761 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8762 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8763 8764 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8765 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8766 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8767 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8768 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8769 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8770 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8771 return; 8772 } 8773 Init = Result.get(); 8774 } 8775 8776 // Perform the initialization. 8777 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8778 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8779 InitializationKind Kind 8780 = DirectInit ? 8781 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8782 Init->getLocStart(), 8783 Init->getLocEnd()) 8784 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8785 VDecl->getLocation()) 8786 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8787 Init->getLocStart()); 8788 8789 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8790 if (CXXDirectInit) 8791 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8792 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8793 8794 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8795 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8796 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8797 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8798 return; 8799 } 8800 8801 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 8802 } 8803 8804 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8805 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8806 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8807 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8808 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8809 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8810 } 8811 8812 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8813 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8814 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8815 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8816 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8817 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8818 8819 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8820 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8821 8822 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8823 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8824 8825 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8826 // Although this code can still have problems: 8827 // id x = self.weakProp; 8828 // id y = self.weakProp; 8829 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8830 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8831 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8832 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 8833 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8834 Init->getLocStart())) 8835 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8836 } 8837 8838 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8839 // 8840 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8841 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8842 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8843 // 8844 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8845 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8846 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8847 // 8848 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8849 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8850 false, 8851 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8852 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8853 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8854 return; 8855 } 8856 Init = Result.get(); 8857 8858 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8859 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8860 8861 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8862 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8863 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8864 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8865 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8866 const Expr *Culprit; 8867 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8868 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8869 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8870 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8871 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8872 // constant expressions. 8873 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8874 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8875 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8876 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 8877 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8878 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8879 } 8880 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8881 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8882 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8883 // 8884 // struct S { 8885 // static const int value = 17; 8886 // }; 8887 8888 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8889 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8890 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8891 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8892 // 8893 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8894 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8895 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8896 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8897 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8898 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8899 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8900 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8901 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8902 8903 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8904 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8905 8906 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8907 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8908 // type. 8909 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8910 8911 // Require constness. 8912 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8913 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8914 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8915 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8916 8917 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8918 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8919 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8920 SourceLocation Loc; 8921 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8922 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8923 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8924 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8925 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8926 ; // Nothing to check. 8927 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8928 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8929 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8930 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8931 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8932 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8933 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8934 } else { 8935 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8936 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8937 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8938 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8939 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8940 } 8941 8942 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8943 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8944 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8945 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8946 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8947 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8948 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8949 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8950 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8951 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8952 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8953 } else { 8954 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8955 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8956 8957 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8958 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8959 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8960 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8961 } 8962 } 8963 8964 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8965 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8966 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8967 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8968 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8969 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8970 8971 } else { 8972 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8973 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8974 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8975 } 8976 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8977 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8978 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8979 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8980 VDecl->isExternC())) && 8981 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 8982 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8983 8984 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8985 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8986 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8987 } 8988 8989 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8990 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8991 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8992 // 8993 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8994 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8995 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8996 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8997 // special case code. 8998 8999 // C++ 8.5p11: 9000 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9001 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9002 // class type. 9003 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9004 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9005 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9006 } else if (DirectInit) { 9007 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9008 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9009 } 9010 9011 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9012 } 9013 9014 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9015 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9016 /// of sanity. 9017 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9018 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9019 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9020 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9021 9022 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9023 if (!VD) return; 9024 9025 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9026 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9027 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9028 return; 9029 } 9030 9031 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9032 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9033 9034 // Require a complete type. 9035 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9036 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9037 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9038 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9039 return; 9040 } 9041 9042 // Require a non-abstract type. 9043 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9044 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9045 AbstractVariableType)) { 9046 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9047 return; 9048 } 9049 9050 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9051 // though. 9052 } 9053 9054 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9055 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9056 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9057 if (!RealDecl) 9058 return; 9059 9060 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9061 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9062 9063 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9064 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9065 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9066 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9067 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9068 return; 9069 } 9070 9071 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9072 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9073 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9074 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9075 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9076 // member. 9077 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9078 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9079 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9080 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9081 << Var->getDeclName(); 9082 else 9083 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9084 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9085 return; 9086 } 9087 9088 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9089 // be initialized. 9090 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9091 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9092 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9093 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9094 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9095 return; 9096 } 9097 9098 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9099 case VarDecl::Definition: 9100 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9101 break; 9102 9103 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9104 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9105 // a declaration. 9106 // 9107 // Fall through 9108 9109 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9110 // It's only a declaration. 9111 9112 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9113 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9114 // object shall be complete. 9115 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9116 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9117 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9118 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9119 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9120 9121 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9122 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9123 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9124 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9125 AbstractVariableType)) 9126 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9127 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9128 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9129 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9130 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9131 } 9132 9133 return; 9134 9135 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9136 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9137 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9138 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9139 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9140 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9141 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9142 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9143 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9144 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9145 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9146 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9147 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9148 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9149 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9150 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9151 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9152 // NOTE: code such as the following 9153 // static struct s; 9154 // struct s { int a; }; 9155 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9156 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9157 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9158 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9159 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9160 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9161 } 9162 } 9163 9164 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9165 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9166 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9167 return; 9168 } 9169 9170 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9171 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9172 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9173 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9174 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9175 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9176 return; 9177 } 9178 9179 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9180 // definitions with reference type. 9181 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9182 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9183 << Var->getDeclName() 9184 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9185 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9186 return; 9187 } 9188 9189 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9190 // variable with dependent type. 9191 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9192 return; 9193 9194 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9195 return; 9196 9197 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9198 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9199 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9200 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9201 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9202 return; 9203 } 9204 } 9205 9206 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9207 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9208 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9209 AbstractVariableType)) { 9210 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9211 return; 9212 } 9213 9214 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9215 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9216 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9217 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9218 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9219 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9220 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9221 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9222 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9223 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9224 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9225 if (const RecordType *Record 9226 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9227 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9228 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9229 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9230 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9231 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9232 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9233 } 9234 } 9235 9236 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9237 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9238 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9239 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9240 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9241 // type shall have a user-declared default 9242 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9243 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9244 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9245 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9246 // program is ill-formed. 9247 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9248 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9249 // default-initialized; [...]. 9250 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9251 InitializationKind Kind 9252 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9253 9254 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9255 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9256 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9257 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9258 else if (Init.get()) { 9259 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9260 // This is important for template substitution. 9261 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9262 } 9263 9264 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9265 } 9266 } 9267 9268 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9269 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9270 if (!VD) { 9271 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9272 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9273 return; 9274 } 9275 9276 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9277 9278 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9279 int Error = -1; 9280 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9281 case SC_None: 9282 break; 9283 case SC_Extern: 9284 Error = 0; 9285 break; 9286 case SC_Static: 9287 Error = 1; 9288 break; 9289 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9290 Error = 2; 9291 break; 9292 case SC_Auto: 9293 Error = 3; 9294 break; 9295 case SC_Register: 9296 Error = 4; 9297 break; 9298 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9299 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9300 } 9301 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 9302 Error = 5; 9303 if (Error != -1) { 9304 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9305 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9306 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9307 } 9308 } 9309 9310 StmtResult 9311 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9312 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9313 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9314 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9315 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9316 // A range-based for statement of the form 9317 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9318 // is equivalent to 9319 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9320 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9321 9322 const char *PrevSpec; 9323 unsigned DiagID; 9324 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9325 getPrintingPolicy()); 9326 9327 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9328 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9329 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9330 9331 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9332 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9333 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9334 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9335 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9336 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9337 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9338 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9339 } 9340 9341 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9342 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9343 9344 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9345 // local retaining variable. 9346 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9347 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9348 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9349 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9350 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9351 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9352 break; 9353 9354 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9355 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9356 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9357 break; 9358 } 9359 } 9360 9361 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9362 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9363 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9364 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9365 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9366 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9367 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9368 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9369 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9370 var->getLocation())) { 9371 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9372 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9373 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9374 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9375 9376 if (!prev) 9377 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9378 } 9379 9380 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9381 const Expr *Culprit; 9382 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9383 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9384 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9385 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9386 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9387 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9388 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9389 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9390 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9391 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9392 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9393 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9394 // initialization. 9395 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9396 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9397 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9398 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9399 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9400 } 9401 9402 } 9403 9404 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9405 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9406 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9407 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9408 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9409 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9410 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9411 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9412 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9413 } else { 9414 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9415 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9416 } 9417 if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue) 9418 var->addAttr( 9419 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9420 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 9421 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9422 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9423 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9424 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9425 9426 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9427 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9428 // attribute. 9429 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9430 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9431 CurInitSegLoc)); 9432 } 9433 9434 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9435 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9436 9437 QualType type = var->getType(); 9438 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9439 9440 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9441 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9442 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9443 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9444 9445 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9446 // constructing this copy. 9447 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9448 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9449 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9450 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9451 ExprResult result 9452 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9453 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9454 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9455 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9456 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9457 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9458 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9459 } 9460 } 9461 } 9462 9463 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9464 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9465 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9466 9467 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9468 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9469 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9470 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9471 var->getLocation())) { 9472 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9473 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9474 // warned about them. 9475 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9476 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9477 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9478 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9479 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9480 } 9481 9482 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9483 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9484 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9485 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9486 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9487 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9488 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9489 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9490 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9491 Notes.clear(); 9492 } 9493 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9494 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9495 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9496 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9497 } 9498 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9499 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9500 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9501 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9502 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9503 } 9504 } 9505 9506 // Require the destructor. 9507 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9508 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9509 } 9510 9511 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9512 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9513 void 9514 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9515 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9516 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9517 9518 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9519 if (!VD) 9520 return; 9521 9522 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9523 9524 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9525 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9526 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9527 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9528 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9529 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9530 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9531 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9532 } 9533 } 9534 } 9535 9536 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9537 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9538 9539 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9540 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9541 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9542 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9543 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9544 // with a warning. 9545 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9546 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9547 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9548 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9549 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9550 9551 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9552 IsClassTemplateMember 9553 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9554 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9555 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9556 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9557 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9558 } 9559 } 9560 9561 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9562 // isn't exported with the variable. 9563 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9564 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9565 << DLLAttr; 9566 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9567 } 9568 9569 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9570 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9571 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9572 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9573 } 9574 } 9575 9576 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 9577 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 9578 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 9579 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9580 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 9581 << VD->getDeclName(); 9582 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9583 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9584 } 9585 } 9586 } 9587 9588 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9589 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9590 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9591 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9592 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9593 9594 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9595 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9596 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9597 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9598 9599 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9600 // tag values. 9601 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9602 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9603 return; 9604 9605 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9606 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9607 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9608 continue; 9609 } 9610 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9611 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9612 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9613 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9614 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9615 continue; 9616 } 9617 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9618 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9619 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9620 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9621 continue; 9622 } 9623 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9624 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9625 MagicValue, 9626 I->getMatchingCType(), 9627 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9628 I->getMustBeNull()); 9629 } 9630 } 9631 9632 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9633 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9634 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9635 9636 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9637 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9638 9639 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9640 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9641 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9642 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9643 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9644 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9645 Decls.push_back(D); 9646 } 9647 9648 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9649 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9650 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 9651 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9652 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9653 } 9654 } 9655 9656 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9657 } 9658 9659 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9660 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9661 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9662 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9663 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9664 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9665 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9666 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9667 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9668 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9669 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9670 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9671 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9672 QualType Deduced; 9673 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9674 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9675 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9676 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9677 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9678 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9679 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9680 break; 9681 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9682 if (!U.isNull()) { 9683 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9684 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9685 Deduced = U; 9686 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9687 DeducedDecl = D; 9688 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9689 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9690 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9691 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9692 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9693 << U << D->getDeclName() 9694 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9695 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9696 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9697 break; 9698 } 9699 } 9700 } 9701 } 9702 } 9703 9704 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9705 9706 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9707 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9708 } 9709 9710 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9711 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9712 } 9713 9714 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9715 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9716 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9717 return; 9718 9719 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation())) 9720 return; 9721 9722 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9723 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9724 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9725 // additional declaration references: 9726 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9727 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9728 // 'struct S *pS;' 9729 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9730 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9731 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9732 Group = Group.slice(1); 9733 } 9734 } 9735 9736 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9737 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9738 if (!Comments.empty() && 9739 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9740 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9741 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9742 // 9743 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9744 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9745 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9746 // ahead through comments. 9747 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9748 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9749 } 9750 } 9751 9752 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9753 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9754 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9755 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9756 9757 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9758 9759 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9760 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 9761 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9762 StorageClass = SC_Register; 9763 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9764 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9765 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 9766 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9767 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9768 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9769 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9770 } 9771 9772 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9773 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9774 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9775 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9776 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9777 << 0; 9778 9779 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9780 9781 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9782 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9783 9784 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9785 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9786 // parameter. 9787 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9788 9789 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9790 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9791 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9792 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9793 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9794 } 9795 } 9796 9797 // Ensure we have a valid name 9798 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 9799 if (D.hasName()) { 9800 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9801 if (!II) { 9802 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9803 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9804 D.setInvalidType(true); 9805 } 9806 } 9807 9808 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9809 if (II) { 9810 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9811 ForRedeclaration); 9812 LookupName(R, S); 9813 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9814 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9815 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9816 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9817 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9818 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9819 PrevDecl = nullptr; 9820 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9821 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9822 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9823 9824 // Recover by removing the name 9825 II = nullptr; 9826 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9827 D.setInvalidType(true); 9828 } 9829 } 9830 } 9831 9832 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9833 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9834 // looking like class members in C++. 9835 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9836 D.getLocStart(), 9837 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9838 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9839 StorageClass); 9840 9841 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9842 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9843 9844 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9845 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9846 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9847 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9848 9849 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9850 S->AddDecl(New); 9851 if (II) 9852 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9853 9854 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9855 9856 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9857 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9858 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9859 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9860 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9861 9862 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9863 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9864 } 9865 return New; 9866 } 9867 9868 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9869 /// typedef. 9870 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9871 SourceLocation Loc, 9872 QualType T) { 9873 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9874 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9875 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9876 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 9877 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9878 SC_None, nullptr); 9879 Param->setImplicit(); 9880 return Param; 9881 } 9882 9883 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9884 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9885 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9886 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9887 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9888 return; 9889 9890 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9891 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9892 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9893 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9894 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9895 } 9896 } 9897 } 9898 9899 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9900 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9901 QualType ReturnTy, 9902 NamedDecl *D) { 9903 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9904 return; 9905 9906 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9907 // threshold. 9908 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9909 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9910 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9911 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9912 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9913 } 9914 9915 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9916 // threshold. 9917 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9918 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9919 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9920 continue; 9921 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9922 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9923 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9924 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9925 } 9926 } 9927 9928 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9929 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9930 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9931 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9932 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9933 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9934 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9935 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9936 9937 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9938 9939 // Special cases for arrays: 9940 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9941 // - otherwise, it's an error 9942 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9943 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9944 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9945 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9946 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9947 } 9948 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9949 } else { 9950 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9951 } 9952 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9953 } 9954 9955 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9956 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9957 TSInfo, 9958 StorageClass, nullptr); 9959 9960 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9961 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9962 // the class has been completely parsed. 9963 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9964 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9965 AbstractParamType)) 9966 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9967 9968 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9969 // passed by reference. 9970 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9971 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9972 Diag(NameLoc, 9973 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9974 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9975 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9976 New->setType(T); 9977 } 9978 9979 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9980 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9981 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9982 // an address space. 9983 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9984 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 9985 // to be qualified with an address space. 9986 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 9987 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9988 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9989 } 9990 } 9991 9992 return New; 9993 } 9994 9995 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9996 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9997 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9998 9999 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10000 // for a K&R function. 10001 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10002 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10003 --i; 10004 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10005 SmallString<256> Code; 10006 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10007 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10008 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10009 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10010 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 10011 10012 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10013 // type. 10014 AttributeFactory attrs; 10015 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10016 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10017 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10018 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10019 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10020 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10021 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10022 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10023 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10024 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10025 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10026 } 10027 } 10028 } 10029 } 10030 10031 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10032 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10033 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10034 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10035 10036 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10037 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10038 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10039 } 10040 10041 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10042 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10043 } 10044 10045 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10046 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10047 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10048 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10049 return false; 10050 10051 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10052 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10053 return false; 10054 10055 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10056 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10057 return false; 10058 10059 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10060 if (FD->isMain()) 10061 return false; 10062 10063 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10064 if (FD->isInlined()) 10065 return false; 10066 10067 // Don't warn about function templates. 10068 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10069 return false; 10070 10071 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10072 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10073 return false; 10074 10075 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10076 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10077 return false; 10078 10079 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10080 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10081 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10082 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10083 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10084 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10085 continue; 10086 10087 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10088 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10089 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10090 break; 10091 } 10092 10093 return MissingPrototype; 10094 } 10095 10096 void 10097 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10098 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10099 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10100 // was an extern inline function. 10101 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10102 if (!Definition) 10103 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10104 return; 10105 10106 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10107 return; 10108 10109 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10110 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10111 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10112 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10113 else 10114 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10115 10116 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10117 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10118 } 10119 10120 10121 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10122 Sema &S) { 10123 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10124 10125 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10126 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10127 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10128 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10129 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10130 10131 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10132 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10133 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10134 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10135 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10136 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10137 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10138 10139 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10140 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10141 10142 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10143 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10144 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10145 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10146 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10147 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10148 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10149 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10150 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10151 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10152 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10153 /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(), 10154 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10155 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10156 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10157 10158 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10159 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10160 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10161 } else { 10162 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10163 } 10164 ++I; 10165 } 10166 } 10167 10168 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10169 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10170 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10171 10172 if (!D) 10173 return D; 10174 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10175 10176 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10177 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10178 else 10179 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10180 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10181 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10182 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10183 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10184 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10185 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10186 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10187 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10188 // have the LSI properly restored. 10189 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10190 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10191 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10192 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10193 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10194 } 10195 else 10196 // Enter a new function scope 10197 PushFunctionScope(); 10198 10199 // See if this is a redefinition. 10200 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10201 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10202 10203 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10204 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10205 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10206 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10207 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10208 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10209 } 10210 } 10211 10212 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10213 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10214 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10215 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10216 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10217 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10218 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10219 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10220 10221 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10222 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10223 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10224 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10225 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10226 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10227 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10228 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10229 10230 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10231 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10232 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10233 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10234 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10235 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10236 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10237 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10238 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10239 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10240 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10241 } 10242 } 10243 } 10244 10245 if (FnBodyScope) 10246 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10247 10248 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10249 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10250 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10251 10252 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10253 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10254 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10255 10256 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10257 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10258 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10259 10260 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10261 } 10262 } 10263 10264 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10265 // introduce them into the function scope. 10266 if (FnBodyScope) { 10267 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10268 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10269 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10270 I != E; ++I) { 10271 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10272 10273 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 10274 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 10275 // and reattach to the current context. 10276 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10277 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10278 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10279 if (DI == D) { 10280 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10281 break; 10282 } 10283 } 10284 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10285 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10286 } 10287 10288 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10289 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10290 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10291 10292 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10293 // accessible in this scope. 10294 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10295 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10296 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10297 } 10298 } 10299 } 10300 10301 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10302 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10303 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10304 10305 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10306 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10307 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10308 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10309 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10310 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10311 return D; 10312 } 10313 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10314 // a function template). 10315 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10316 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10317 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10318 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10319 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10320 10321 return D; 10322 } 10323 10324 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10325 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10326 /// optimization. 10327 /// 10328 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10329 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10330 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10331 /// use the named return value optimization. 10332 /// 10333 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10334 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10335 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10336 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10337 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10338 10339 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10340 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10341 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10342 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10343 } 10344 } 10345 } 10346 10347 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10348 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10349 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10350 return false; 10351 10352 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10353 // return type (yet). 10354 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10355 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10356 // we can still delay parsing it. 10357 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10358 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10359 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10360 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10361 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10362 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10363 } 10364 } 10365 return false; 10366 } 10367 10368 return true; 10369 } 10370 10371 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10372 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10373 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10374 // rest of the file. 10375 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10376 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10377 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10378 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10379 return false; 10380 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10381 } 10382 10383 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10384 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10385 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10386 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10387 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10388 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10389 } 10390 10391 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10392 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10393 } 10394 10395 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10396 bool IsInstantiation) { 10397 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10398 10399 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10400 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10401 10402 if (FD) { 10403 FD->setBody(Body); 10404 10405 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10406 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10407 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10408 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10409 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10410 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10411 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10412 << FD->getReturnType(); 10413 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10414 } else { 10415 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10416 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10417 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10418 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10419 } 10420 } 10421 10422 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10423 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10424 // is the first declaration. 10425 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10426 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10427 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10428 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10429 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 10430 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10431 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10432 } 10433 10434 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10435 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10436 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10437 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10438 10439 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10440 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10441 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10442 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10443 10444 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10445 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10446 if (Body) 10447 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10448 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10449 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10450 10451 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 10452 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10453 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10454 10455 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10456 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10457 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10458 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10459 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10460 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10461 } 10462 10463 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10464 "Function parsing confused"); 10465 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10466 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10467 MD->setBody(Body); 10468 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10469 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10470 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10471 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10472 10473 if (Body) 10474 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10475 } 10476 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10477 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10478 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10479 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10480 } 10481 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10482 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10483 bool isDesignated = 10484 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10485 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10486 (void)isDesignated; 10487 10488 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10489 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10490 if (!IFace) 10491 return false; 10492 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10493 if (!SuperD) 10494 return false; 10495 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10496 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10497 }; 10498 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10499 // of NSObject. 10500 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10501 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10502 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10503 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10504 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10505 } 10506 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10507 } 10508 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10509 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10510 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10511 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10512 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10513 } 10514 } else { 10515 return nullptr; 10516 } 10517 10518 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10519 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10520 "handled in the block above."); 10521 10522 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10523 if (Body) { 10524 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10525 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10526 // Verify this. 10527 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10528 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10529 10530 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10531 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10532 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10533 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10534 10535 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10536 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10537 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10538 10539 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10540 Destructor->getParent()); 10541 } 10542 10543 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10544 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10545 // deletion in some later function. 10546 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10547 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10548 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10549 } 10550 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10551 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10552 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10553 // enabled. 10554 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10555 } 10556 10557 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10558 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10559 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10560 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10561 10562 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10563 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10564 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10565 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10566 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10567 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10568 break; 10569 } 10570 } 10571 } 10572 10573 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10574 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10575 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10576 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10577 } 10578 10579 if (!IsInstantiation) 10580 PopDeclContext(); 10581 10582 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10583 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10584 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10585 // deletion in some later function. 10586 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10587 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10588 } 10589 10590 return dcl; 10591 } 10592 10593 10594 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10595 /// relevant Decl. 10596 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10597 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10598 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10599 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10600 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10601 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10602 10603 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10604 if (Method->isStatic()) 10605 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10606 } 10607 10608 10609 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10610 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10611 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10612 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10613 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10614 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10615 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10616 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10617 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10618 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10619 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10620 return ExternCPrev; 10621 } 10622 10623 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10624 unsigned diag_id; 10625 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10626 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10627 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10628 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10629 else 10630 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10631 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10632 10633 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10634 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10635 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10636 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10637 if (S && 10638 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 10639 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 10640 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 10641 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10642 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10643 } 10644 10645 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10646 const char *Dummy; 10647 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10648 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10649 unsigned DiagID; 10650 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10651 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10652 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10653 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10654 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10655 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10656 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10657 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10658 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10659 /*Params=*/nullptr, 10660 /*NumParams=*/0, 10661 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10662 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10663 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10664 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10665 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10666 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10667 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10668 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10669 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10670 EST_None, 10671 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10672 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 10673 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 10674 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10675 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 10676 Loc, Loc, D), 10677 DS.getAttributes(), 10678 SourceLocation()); 10679 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10680 10681 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10682 10683 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10684 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10685 10686 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10687 FD->setImplicit(); 10688 10689 CurContext = PrevDC; 10690 10691 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10692 10693 return FD; 10694 } 10695 10696 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10697 /// the declaration of this function. 10698 /// 10699 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10700 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10701 /// like NSLog or printf. 10702 /// 10703 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10704 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10705 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10706 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10707 return; 10708 10709 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10710 // actual attributes. 10711 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10712 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10713 unsigned FormatIdx; 10714 bool HasVAListArg; 10715 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10716 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10717 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10718 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10719 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10720 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10721 fmt = "NSString"; 10722 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10723 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10724 FormatIdx+1, 10725 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10726 FD->getLocation())); 10727 } 10728 } 10729 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10730 HasVAListArg)) { 10731 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10732 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10733 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10734 FormatIdx+1, 10735 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10736 FD->getLocation())); 10737 } 10738 10739 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10740 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10741 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10742 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10743 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10744 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10745 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10746 } 10747 10748 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10749 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10750 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10751 FD->getLocation())); 10752 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10753 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10754 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10755 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10756 } 10757 10758 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10759 if (!Name) 10760 return; 10761 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10762 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10763 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10764 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10765 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10766 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10767 // about. 10768 } else 10769 return; 10770 10771 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10772 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10773 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10774 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10775 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10776 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10777 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10778 FD->getLocation())); 10779 } 10780 10781 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10782 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10783 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10784 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10785 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10786 FD->getLocation())); 10787 } 10788 } 10789 10790 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10791 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10792 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10793 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10794 10795 if (!TInfo) { 10796 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10797 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10798 } 10799 10800 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10801 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10802 D.getLocStart(), 10803 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10804 D.getIdentifier(), 10805 TInfo); 10806 10807 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10808 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10809 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10810 return NewTD; 10811 } 10812 10813 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10814 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10815 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10816 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10817 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10818 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10819 else 10820 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10821 } 10822 10823 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10824 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10825 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10826 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10827 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10828 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10829 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10830 case TST_enum: 10831 case TST_struct: 10832 case TST_interface: 10833 case TST_union: 10834 case TST_class: { 10835 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10836 10837 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10838 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10839 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10840 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10841 10842 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10843 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10844 10845 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10846 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10847 break; 10848 10849 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10850 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10851 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10852 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10853 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10854 // for how to handle it. 10855 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10856 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10857 10858 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10859 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 10860 10861 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10862 textToInsert += ' '; 10863 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10864 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10865 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10866 break; 10867 } 10868 10869 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10870 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10871 break; 10872 } 10873 10874 default: 10875 break; 10876 } 10877 10878 return NewTD; 10879 } 10880 10881 10882 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10883 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10884 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10885 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10886 10887 if (T->isDependentType()) 10888 return false; 10889 10890 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10891 if (BT->isInteger()) 10892 return false; 10893 10894 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10895 return true; 10896 } 10897 10898 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10899 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10900 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10901 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10902 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10903 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10904 10905 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10906 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10907 << Prev->isScoped(); 10908 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10909 return true; 10910 } 10911 10912 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10913 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10914 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10915 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10916 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10917 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10918 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10919 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10920 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10921 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10922 return true; 10923 } 10924 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10925 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10926 << Prev->isFixed(); 10927 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10928 return true; 10929 } 10930 10931 return false; 10932 } 10933 10934 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10935 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10936 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10937 /// 10938 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10939 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10940 switch (Tag) { 10941 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10942 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10943 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10944 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10945 } 10946 } 10947 10948 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10949 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10950 /// 10951 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10952 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10953 { 10954 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10955 } 10956 10957 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10958 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10959 /// 10960 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10961 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10962 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10963 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10964 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10965 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10966 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10967 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10968 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 10969 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 10970 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 10971 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 10972 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 10973 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 10974 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 10975 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 10976 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 10977 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 10978 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 10979 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 10980 if (OldTag == NewTag) 10981 return true; 10982 10983 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 10984 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 10985 bool isTemplate = false; 10986 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 10987 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10988 10989 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10990 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 10991 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 10992 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10993 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10994 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10995 return true; 10996 } 10997 10998 if (isDefinition) { 10999 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11000 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11001 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11002 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11003 return true; 11004 } 11005 11006 bool previousMismatch = false; 11007 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11008 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11009 if (!previousMismatch) { 11010 previousMismatch = true; 11011 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11012 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11013 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11014 } 11015 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11016 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11017 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11018 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11019 } 11020 } 11021 return true; 11022 } 11023 11024 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11025 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11026 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11027 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11028 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11029 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11030 return true; 11031 } 11032 11033 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11034 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11035 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11036 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11037 11038 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11039 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11040 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11041 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11042 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11043 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11044 } 11045 11046 return true; 11047 } 11048 return false; 11049 } 11050 11051 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11052 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11053 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11054 /// namespace N { 11055 /// struct X; 11056 /// namespace M { 11057 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11058 /// } 11059 /// } 11060 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11061 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11062 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11063 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11064 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11065 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11066 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11067 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11068 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11069 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11070 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11071 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11072 return FixItHint(); 11073 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11074 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11075 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11076 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11077 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11078 break; 11079 } 11080 11081 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11082 // build an NNS. 11083 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11084 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11085 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11086 OS << "::"; 11087 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11088 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11089 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11090 OS.flush(); 11091 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11092 } 11093 11094 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11095 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11096 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11097 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11098 /// 11099 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 11100 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11101 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11102 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11103 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11104 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11105 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11106 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11107 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11108 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11109 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11110 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11111 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 11112 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11113 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11114 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11115 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11116 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11117 11118 OwnedDecl = false; 11119 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11120 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11121 11122 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11123 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11124 bool Invalid = false; 11125 11126 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11127 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11128 // for non-C++ cases. 11129 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11130 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11131 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11132 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11133 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11134 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11135 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11136 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11137 return nullptr; 11138 } 11139 11140 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11141 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11142 // be a member of another template). 11143 11144 if (Invalid) 11145 return nullptr; 11146 11147 OwnedDecl = false; 11148 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11149 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11150 TemplateParams, AS, 11151 ModulePrivateLoc, 11152 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11153 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11154 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11155 return Result.get(); 11156 } else { 11157 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11158 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11159 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11160 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11161 } 11162 } 11163 } 11164 11165 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11166 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11167 // redeclaration. 11168 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11169 11170 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11171 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11172 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11173 // type, default to int. 11174 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11175 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11176 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11177 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11178 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11179 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11180 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11181 11182 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11183 // Recover by falling back to int. 11184 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11185 11186 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11187 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11188 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11189 11190 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11191 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11192 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11193 } 11194 11195 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11196 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11197 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11198 11199 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11200 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11201 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11202 11203 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11204 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11205 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11206 11207 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11208 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11209 Name = nullptr; 11210 goto CreateNewDecl; 11211 } 11212 11213 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11214 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11215 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11216 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11217 if (!DC) { 11218 IsDependent = true; 11219 return nullptr; 11220 } 11221 } else { 11222 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11223 if (!DC) { 11224 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11225 << SS.getRange(); 11226 return nullptr; 11227 } 11228 } 11229 11230 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11231 return nullptr; 11232 11233 SearchDC = DC; 11234 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11235 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11236 11237 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11238 return nullptr; 11239 11240 if (Previous.empty()) { 11241 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11242 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11243 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11244 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11245 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11246 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11247 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11248 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11249 IsDependent = true; 11250 return nullptr; 11251 } 11252 11253 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11254 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11255 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11256 Name = nullptr; 11257 Invalid = true; 11258 goto CreateNewDecl; 11259 } 11260 } else if (Name) { 11261 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11262 // declaration or definition. 11263 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11264 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11265 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11266 LookupName(Previous, S); 11267 11268 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11269 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11270 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11271 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11272 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11273 while (F.hasNext()) { 11274 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11275 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11276 F.erase(); 11277 } 11278 F.done(); 11279 } 11280 11281 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11282 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11283 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11284 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11285 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11286 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11287 // 11288 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11289 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11290 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11291 // 11292 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11293 // semantic context? 11294 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11295 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11296 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11297 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11298 while (F.hasNext()) { 11299 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11300 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11301 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11302 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11303 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11304 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11305 else 11306 F.erase(); 11307 } 11308 } 11309 F.done(); 11310 11311 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11312 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11313 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11314 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11315 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11316 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11317 } 11318 } 11319 11320 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11321 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11322 return nullptr; 11323 11324 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11325 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11326 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11327 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11328 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11329 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11330 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11331 } 11332 } 11333 11334 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11335 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11336 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11337 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11338 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11339 Previous.clear(); 11340 } 11341 11342 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11343 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11344 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11345 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11346 11347 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11348 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11349 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11350 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11351 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11352 } 11353 } 11354 11355 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11356 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11357 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11358 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11359 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11360 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11361 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11362 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11363 11364 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11365 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11366 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11367 // 11368 // class-key identifier 11369 // 11370 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11371 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11372 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11373 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11374 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11375 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11376 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11377 // declaration. 11378 // 11379 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11380 // C structs and unions. 11381 // 11382 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11383 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11384 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11385 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11386 // 11387 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11388 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11389 // 11390 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11391 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11392 // lexical context, 11393 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11394 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11395 11396 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11397 while (S->isClassScope() || 11398 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11399 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11400 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11401 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11402 S = S->getParent(); 11403 } else { 11404 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11405 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11406 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11407 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11408 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11409 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11410 } 11411 11412 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11413 // diagnose some problems. 11414 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11415 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11416 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11417 } 11418 } 11419 11420 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11421 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11422 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 11423 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 11424 11425 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11426 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11427 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11428 // in C++. 11429 // 11430 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11431 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11432 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11433 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11434 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11435 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11436 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11437 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11438 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11439 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11440 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11441 PrevDecl = Tag; 11442 Previous.clear(); 11443 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11444 Previous.resolveKind(); 11445 } 11446 } 11447 } 11448 } 11449 11450 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11451 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11452 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11453 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11454 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11455 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11456 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11457 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11458 // struct or something similar. 11459 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11460 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11461 *Name)) { 11462 bool SafeToContinue 11463 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11464 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11465 if (SafeToContinue) 11466 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11467 << Name 11468 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11469 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11470 else 11471 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11472 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11473 11474 if (SafeToContinue) 11475 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11476 else { 11477 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11478 Name = nullptr; 11479 Previous.clear(); 11480 Invalid = true; 11481 } 11482 } 11483 11484 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11485 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11486 11487 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11488 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11489 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11490 if (ScopedEnum) 11491 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11492 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11493 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11494 return PrevTagDecl; 11495 } 11496 11497 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11498 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11499 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11500 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11501 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11502 11503 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11504 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11505 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11506 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11507 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11508 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11509 } 11510 11511 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11512 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11513 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11514 // and then later defined. 11515 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11516 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11517 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11518 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11519 } 11520 11521 if (!Invalid) { 11522 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11523 // we have attributes. 11524 11525 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11526 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11527 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11528 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11529 if (!Attr && 11530 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11531 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11532 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11533 return PrevTagDecl; 11534 11535 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11536 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11537 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11538 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11539 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11540 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11541 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11542 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11543 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11544 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11545 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11546 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11547 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11548 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11549 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11550 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11551 } 11552 11553 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11554 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11555 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11556 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11557 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11558 else 11559 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11560 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11561 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11562 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11563 // references get the previous definition. 11564 Name = nullptr; 11565 Previous.clear(); 11566 Invalid = true; 11567 } 11568 } else { 11569 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11570 // about a nested redefinition. 11571 const TagType *Tag 11572 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 11573 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11574 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11575 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11576 diag::note_previous_definition); 11577 Name = nullptr; 11578 Previous.clear(); 11579 Invalid = true; 11580 } 11581 } 11582 11583 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11584 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11585 } 11586 11587 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11588 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11589 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11590 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11591 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11592 AS = AS_none; 11593 } 11594 } 11595 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11596 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11597 11598 } else { 11599 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11600 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11601 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11602 // have distinct types. 11603 Previous.clear(); 11604 } 11605 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11606 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11607 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11608 11609 11610 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11611 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11612 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11613 } else { 11614 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11615 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11616 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11617 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11618 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11619 unsigned Kind = 0; 11620 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11621 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11622 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11623 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11624 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11625 Invalid = true; 11626 11627 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11628 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11629 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11630 // do nothing 11631 11632 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11633 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11634 unsigned Kind = 0; 11635 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11636 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11637 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11638 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11639 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11640 Invalid = true; 11641 11642 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11643 // case here. 11644 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11645 unsigned Kind = 0; 11646 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11647 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11648 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11649 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11650 Invalid = true; 11651 11652 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11653 } else { 11654 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11655 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11656 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11657 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11658 Name = nullptr; 11659 Invalid = true; 11660 } 11661 11662 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11663 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11664 Previous.clear(); 11665 } 11666 } 11667 11668 CreateNewDecl: 11669 11670 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11671 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11672 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11673 11674 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11675 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11676 // keyword. 11677 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11678 11679 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11680 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11681 // PrevDecl. 11682 TagDecl *New; 11683 11684 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11685 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11686 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11687 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11688 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11689 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11690 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11691 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11692 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11693 TagDecl *Def; 11694 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11695 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11696 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11697 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11698 } 11699 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11700 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11701 << New; 11702 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11703 } else { 11704 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11705 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11706 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11707 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11708 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11709 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11710 11711 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11712 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11713 // the declaration context. 11714 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11715 IsForwardReference = true; 11716 } 11717 } 11718 11719 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11720 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11721 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11722 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11723 else 11724 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11725 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11726 } 11727 11728 } else { 11729 // struct/union/class 11730 11731 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11732 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11733 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11734 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11735 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11736 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11737 11738 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11739 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11740 } else 11741 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11742 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11743 } 11744 11745 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11746 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11747 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11748 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11749 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11750 Invalid = true; 11751 } 11752 11753 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11754 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11755 if (SS.isSet()) { 11756 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11757 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11758 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11759 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11760 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11761 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11762 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11763 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 11764 Invalid = true; 11765 11766 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11767 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11768 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11769 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11770 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11771 } 11772 } 11773 else 11774 Invalid = true; 11775 } 11776 11777 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11778 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11779 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11780 // 11781 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11782 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11783 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11784 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11785 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11786 // parsing of the struct). 11787 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11788 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11789 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11790 } 11791 } 11792 11793 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11794 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11795 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11796 << 2 11797 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11798 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11799 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11800 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11801 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11802 New->setModulePrivate(); 11803 } 11804 11805 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11806 // check the specialization. 11807 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11808 Invalid = true; 11809 11810 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11811 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11812 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11813 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11814 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11815 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11816 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 11817 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 11818 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 11819 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 11820 << Name; 11821 Invalid = true; 11822 } 11823 } else { 11824 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11825 } 11826 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11827 } 11828 11829 if (Invalid) 11830 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11831 11832 if (Attr) 11833 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11834 11835 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11836 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11837 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11838 11839 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11840 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11841 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11842 // the tag name visible. 11843 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11844 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 11845 11846 // Set the access specifier. 11847 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11848 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11849 11850 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11851 New->startDefinition(); 11852 11853 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11854 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11855 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11856 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11857 if (PrevDecl) 11858 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11859 11860 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11861 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11862 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11863 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11864 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11865 } else if (Name) { 11866 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11867 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11868 if (IsForwardReference) 11869 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11870 11871 } else { 11872 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11873 } 11874 11875 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11876 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11877 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11878 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11879 II->isStr("FILE")) 11880 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11881 11882 if (PrevDecl) 11883 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11884 11885 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11886 // record. 11887 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11888 11889 OwnedDecl = true; 11890 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11891 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11892 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 11893 } 11894 11895 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11896 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11897 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11898 11899 // Enter the tag context. 11900 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11901 11902 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11903 11904 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11905 // record. 11906 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11907 } 11908 11909 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11910 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11911 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11912 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11913 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11915 CurContext = OCD; 11916 return IDecl; 11917 } 11918 11919 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11920 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11921 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11922 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11923 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11924 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11925 11926 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11927 11928 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11929 return; 11930 11931 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11932 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11933 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11934 11935 // C++ [class]p2: 11936 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11937 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11938 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11939 // as if it were a public member name. 11940 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11941 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11942 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11943 Record->getIdentifier(), 11944 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 11945 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11946 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11947 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11948 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11949 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11950 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11951 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11952 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11953 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11954 } 11955 11956 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11957 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11958 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11959 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11960 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11961 11962 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11963 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11964 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11965 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11966 RD->completeDefinition(); 11967 } 11968 11969 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 11970 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 11971 11972 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 11973 PopDeclContext(); 11974 11975 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11976 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 11977 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 11978 11979 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 11980 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 11981 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 11982 } 11983 11984 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 11985 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 11986 PopDeclContext(); 11987 } 11988 11989 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11990 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 11991 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 11992 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 11993 } 11994 11995 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11996 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 11997 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 11998 } 11999 12000 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12001 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12002 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12003 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12004 12005 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12006 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12007 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12008 RD->completeDefinition(); 12009 } 12010 12011 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12012 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12013 // the FieldCollector. 12014 12015 PopDeclContext(); 12016 } 12017 12018 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12019 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12020 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12021 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12022 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12023 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12024 if (ZeroWidth) 12025 *ZeroWidth = true; 12026 12027 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12028 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12029 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12030 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12031 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12032 return ExprError(); 12033 if (FieldName) 12034 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12035 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12036 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12037 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12038 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12039 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12040 return ExprError(); 12041 12042 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12043 // it now. 12044 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12045 return BitWidth; 12046 12047 llvm::APSInt Value; 12048 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12049 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12050 return ICE; 12051 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12052 12053 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12054 *ZeroWidth = false; 12055 12056 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12057 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12058 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12059 12060 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12061 if (FieldName) 12062 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12063 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12064 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12065 << Value.toString(10); 12066 } 12067 12068 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12069 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12070 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12071 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12072 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12073 if (FieldName) 12074 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12075 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12076 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12077 12078 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12079 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12080 } 12081 12082 if (FieldName) 12083 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12084 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12085 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12086 else 12087 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12088 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12089 } 12090 } 12091 12092 return BitWidth; 12093 } 12094 12095 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12096 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12097 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12098 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12099 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12100 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12101 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12102 return Res; 12103 } 12104 12105 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12106 /// 12107 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12108 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12109 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12110 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12111 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12112 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12113 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12114 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12115 12116 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12117 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12118 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12119 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12120 12121 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12122 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12123 D.setInvalidType(); 12124 T = Context.IntTy; 12125 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12126 } 12127 } 12128 12129 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12130 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12131 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12132 D.setInvalidType(); 12133 } 12134 12135 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12136 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12137 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12138 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12139 D.setInvalidType(); 12140 } 12141 12142 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12143 12144 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12145 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12146 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12147 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12148 12149 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12150 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12151 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12152 LookupName(Previous, S); 12153 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12154 case LookupResult::Found: 12155 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12156 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12157 break; 12158 12159 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12160 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12161 break; 12162 12163 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12164 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12165 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12166 break; 12167 } 12168 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12169 12170 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12171 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12172 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12173 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12174 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12175 } 12176 12177 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12178 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12179 12180 bool Mutable 12181 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12182 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12183 FieldDecl *NewFD 12184 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12185 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12186 12187 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12188 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12189 12190 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12191 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12192 12193 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12194 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12195 // with the same name in the same scope. 12196 } else if (II) { 12197 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12198 } else 12199 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12200 12201 return NewFD; 12202 } 12203 12204 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12205 /// 12206 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12207 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12208 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12209 /// created. 12210 /// 12211 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12212 /// 12213 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12214 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12215 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12216 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12217 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12218 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12219 SourceLocation TSSL, 12220 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12221 Declarator *D) { 12222 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12223 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12224 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12225 12226 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12227 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12228 if (T.isNull()) { 12229 InvalidDecl = true; 12230 T = Context.IntTy; 12231 } 12232 12233 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12234 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12235 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12236 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12237 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12238 InvalidDecl = true; 12239 } else { 12240 NamedDecl *Def; 12241 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12242 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12243 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12244 InvalidDecl = true; 12245 } 12246 } 12247 } 12248 12249 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12250 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12251 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12252 InvalidDecl = true; 12253 } 12254 12255 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12256 // than a variably modified type. 12257 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12258 bool SizeIsNegative; 12259 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12260 12261 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12262 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12263 SizeIsNegative, 12264 Oversized); 12265 if (FixedTInfo) { 12266 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12267 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12268 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12269 } else { 12270 if (SizeIsNegative) 12271 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12272 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12273 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12274 << Oversized.toString(10); 12275 else 12276 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12277 InvalidDecl = true; 12278 } 12279 } 12280 12281 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12282 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12283 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12284 AbstractFieldType)) 12285 InvalidDecl = true; 12286 12287 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12288 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12289 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 12290 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12291 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12292 if (!BitWidth) { 12293 InvalidDecl = true; 12294 BitWidth = nullptr; 12295 ZeroWidth = false; 12296 } 12297 } 12298 12299 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12300 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12301 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12302 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12303 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 12304 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12305 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12306 12307 if (DiagID) { 12308 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12309 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12310 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12311 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12312 Mutable = false; 12313 InvalidDecl = true; 12314 } 12315 } 12316 12317 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12318 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12319 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12320 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12321 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12322 12323 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12324 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12325 if (InvalidDecl) 12326 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12327 12328 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12329 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12330 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12331 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12332 } 12333 12334 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12335 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12336 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12337 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12338 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12339 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12340 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12341 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12342 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12343 // objects. 12344 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12345 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12346 } 12347 } 12348 12349 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12350 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12351 // enabled. 12352 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12353 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12354 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12355 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12356 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12357 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12358 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12359 } 12360 } 12361 } 12362 12363 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12364 // representation, not a parser representation. 12365 if (D) { 12366 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12367 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12368 12369 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12370 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12371 } 12372 12373 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12374 // retainable type. 12375 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12376 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12377 12378 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12379 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12380 12381 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12382 return NewFD; 12383 } 12384 12385 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12386 assert(FD); 12387 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12388 12389 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12390 return false; 12391 12392 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12393 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12394 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12395 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12396 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12397 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12398 // copy constructors. 12399 12400 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12401 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12402 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12403 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12404 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12405 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12406 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12407 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12408 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12409 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12410 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12411 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12412 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12413 member = CXXDestructor; 12414 12415 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12416 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12417 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12418 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12419 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12420 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12421 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12422 // members unavailable. 12423 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12424 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12425 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12426 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12427 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12428 Loc)); 12429 return false; 12430 } 12431 } 12432 12433 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12434 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12435 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12436 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12437 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12438 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12439 } 12440 } 12441 } 12442 12443 return false; 12444 } 12445 12446 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12447 /// AST enum value. 12448 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12449 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12450 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12451 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12452 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12453 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12454 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12455 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12456 } 12457 } 12458 12459 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12460 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12461 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12462 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12463 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12464 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12465 12466 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12467 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12468 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12469 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12470 12471 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12472 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12473 12474 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12475 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12476 12477 if (BitWidth) { 12478 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12479 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12480 if (!BitWidth) 12481 D.setInvalidType(); 12482 } else { 12483 // Not a bitfield. 12484 12485 // validate II. 12486 12487 } 12488 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12489 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12490 D.setInvalidType(); 12491 } 12492 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12493 // than a variably modified type. 12494 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12495 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12496 D.setInvalidType(); 12497 } 12498 12499 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12500 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12501 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12502 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12503 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12504 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12505 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12506 return nullptr; 12507 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12508 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12509 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12510 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12511 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12512 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12513 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12514 } 12515 else 12516 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12517 } else { 12518 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12519 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12520 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12521 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12522 return nullptr; 12523 } 12524 } 12525 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12526 } 12527 12528 // Construct the decl. 12529 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12530 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12531 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12532 12533 if (II) { 12534 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12535 ForRedeclaration); 12536 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12537 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12538 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12539 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12540 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12541 } 12542 } 12543 12544 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12545 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12546 12547 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12548 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12549 12550 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12551 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12552 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12553 12554 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12555 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12556 12557 if (II) { 12558 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12559 // these to the interface. 12560 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12561 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12562 } 12563 12564 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12565 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12566 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12567 12568 return NewID; 12569 } 12570 12571 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12572 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12573 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12574 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12575 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12576 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12577 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12578 return; 12579 12580 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12581 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12582 12583 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12584 return; 12585 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12586 if (!ID) { 12587 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12588 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12589 return; 12590 } 12591 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12592 else 12593 return; 12594 } 12595 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 12596 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 12597 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 12598 12599 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 12600 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 12601 Context.CharTy, 12602 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12603 DeclLoc), 12604 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12605 true); 12606 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12607 } 12608 12609 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12610 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12611 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12612 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12613 12614 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12615 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12616 // it will now change. 12617 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12618 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12619 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12620 default: break; 12621 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12622 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12623 break; 12624 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12625 Context. 12626 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12627 break; 12628 } 12629 } 12630 12631 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12632 12633 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12634 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12635 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12636 if (Record) { 12637 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12638 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12639 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12640 ++NumNamedMembers; 12641 } 12642 } 12643 12644 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12645 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12646 12647 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12648 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12649 i != end; ++i) { 12650 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12651 12652 // Get the type for the field. 12653 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12654 12655 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12656 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12657 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12658 } 12659 12660 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12661 // diagnostics about it. 12662 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12663 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12664 continue; 12665 } 12666 12667 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12668 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12669 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12670 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12671 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12672 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12673 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12674 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12675 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12676 // array. 12677 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12678 // Field declared as a function. 12679 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12680 << FD->getDeclName(); 12681 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12682 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12683 continue; 12684 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12685 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12686 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12687 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12688 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12689 // Flexible array member. 12690 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12691 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12692 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12693 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12694 if (Record->isUnion()) 12695 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12696 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12697 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12698 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12699 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12700 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12701 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12702 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12703 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12704 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12705 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12706 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12707 : 0; 12708 12709 if (DiagID) 12710 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12711 << Record->getTagKind(); 12712 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12713 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12714 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12715 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12716 // of the type. 12717 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12718 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12719 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12720 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12721 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12722 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12723 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12724 12725 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12726 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12727 // 12728 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12729 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12730 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12731 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12732 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12733 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12734 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12735 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12736 continue; 12737 } 12738 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12739 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12740 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12741 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12742 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12743 // Incomplete type 12744 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12745 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12746 continue; 12747 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12748 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12749 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 12750 // flexible array member. 12751 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12752 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 12753 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12754 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12755 // structures. 12756 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12757 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12758 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12759 else { 12760 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12761 // other structs as an extension. 12762 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12763 << FD->getDeclName(); 12764 } 12765 } 12766 } 12767 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12768 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12769 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12770 AbstractIvarType)) { 12771 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12772 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12773 } 12774 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12775 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12776 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12777 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12778 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12779 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12780 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12781 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12782 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12783 FD->setType(T); 12784 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12785 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12786 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12787 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12788 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12789 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12790 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12791 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12792 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12793 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12794 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12795 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12796 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12797 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12798 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12799 loc)); 12800 } 12801 } else { 12802 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12803 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12804 } 12805 ARCErrReported = true; 12806 } 12807 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12808 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12809 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12810 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12811 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12812 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12813 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12814 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12815 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12816 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12817 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12818 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12819 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12820 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12821 } 12822 } 12823 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12824 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12825 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12826 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12827 ++NumNamedMembers; 12828 } 12829 12830 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12831 if (Record) { 12832 bool Completed = false; 12833 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12834 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12835 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12836 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12837 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12838 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12839 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12840 12841 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12842 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12843 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12844 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12845 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12846 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12847 } 12848 12849 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12850 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12851 12852 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12853 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12854 // problem now. 12855 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12856 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12857 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12858 12859 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12860 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12861 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12862 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12863 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12864 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12865 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12866 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12867 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12868 continue; 12869 12870 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12871 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12872 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12873 // program is ill-formed. 12874 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12875 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12876 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12877 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12878 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12879 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12880 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12881 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12882 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12883 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12884 12885 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12886 } 12887 } 12888 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12889 Completed = true; 12890 } 12891 } 12892 } 12893 } 12894 12895 if (!Completed) 12896 Record->completeDefinition(); 12897 12898 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12899 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12900 12901 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12902 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12903 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12904 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12905 } 12906 12907 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12908 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12909 // compatibility problems. 12910 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12911 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12912 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12913 } else { 12914 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12915 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12916 CheckForZeroSize = 12917 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12918 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12919 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12920 } 12921 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12922 bool ZeroSize = true; 12923 bool IsEmpty = true; 12924 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12925 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12926 E = Record->field_end(); 12927 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12928 IsEmpty = false; 12929 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12930 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12931 ZeroSize = false; 12932 } else { 12933 ++NonBitFields; 12934 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12935 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12936 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12937 ZeroSize = false; 12938 } 12939 } 12940 12941 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 12942 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 12943 // extern "C" block. 12944 if (ZeroSize) { 12945 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 12946 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 12947 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 12948 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12949 } 12950 12951 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 12952 // but are accepted by GCC. 12953 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12954 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 12955 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 12956 << Record->isUnion(); 12957 } 12958 } 12959 } else { 12960 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12961 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12962 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12963 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12964 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12965 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12966 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12967 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12968 } 12969 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 12970 // duplicates. 12971 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 12972 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 12973 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12974 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12975 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 12976 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 12977 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 12978 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 12979 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 12980 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 12981 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12982 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12983 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12984 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12985 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 12986 // reported as errors elsewhere. 12987 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 12988 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 12989 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 12990 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 12991 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 12992 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12993 if (IDecl) { 12994 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 12995 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12996 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12997 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12998 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12999 continue; 13000 } 13001 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13002 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13003 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13004 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13005 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13006 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13007 continue; 13008 } 13009 } 13010 } 13011 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13012 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13013 } 13014 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13015 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13016 } 13017 } 13018 13019 if (Attr) 13020 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13021 } 13022 13023 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13024 /// the given type T. 13025 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13026 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13027 QualType T) { 13028 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13029 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13030 13031 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13032 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13033 --BitWidth; 13034 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13035 } 13036 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13037 } 13038 13039 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13040 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13041 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13042 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13043 // enum checking below. 13044 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13045 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13046 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13047 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13048 }; 13049 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13050 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13051 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13052 }; 13053 13054 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13055 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13056 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13057 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13058 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13059 return Types[I]; 13060 13061 return QualType(); 13062 } 13063 13064 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13065 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13066 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13067 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13068 Expr *Val) { 13069 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13070 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13071 QualType EltTy; 13072 13073 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13074 Val = nullptr; 13075 13076 if (Val) 13077 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13078 13079 if (Val) { 13080 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13081 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13082 else { 13083 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13084 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13085 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13086 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13087 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13088 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13089 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13090 ExprResult Converted = 13091 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13092 CCEK_Enumerator); 13093 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13094 Val = nullptr; 13095 else 13096 Val = Converted.get(); 13097 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13098 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13099 &EnumVal).get())) { 13100 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13101 } else { 13102 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13103 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13104 13105 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13106 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13107 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13108 // expression checking. 13109 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13110 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13111 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13112 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13113 } else 13114 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13115 } else 13116 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13117 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13118 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13119 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13120 // is the type of its initializing value: 13121 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13122 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13123 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13124 } else { 13125 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13126 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13127 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13128 // representable as an int. 13129 13130 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13131 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13132 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13133 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13134 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13135 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13136 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13137 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13138 } 13139 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13140 } 13141 } 13142 } 13143 } 13144 13145 if (!Val) { 13146 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13147 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13148 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13149 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13150 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13151 // is the type of its initializing value: 13152 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13153 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13154 // 13155 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13156 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13157 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13158 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13159 } 13160 else { 13161 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13162 } 13163 } else { 13164 // Assign the last value + 1. 13165 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13166 ++EnumVal; 13167 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13168 13169 // Check for overflow on increment. 13170 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13171 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13172 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13173 // is the type of its initializing value: 13174 // 13175 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13176 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13177 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13178 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13179 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13180 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13181 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13182 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13183 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13184 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13185 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13186 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13187 ++EnumVal; 13188 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13189 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13190 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13191 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13192 << EltTy; 13193 else 13194 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13195 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13196 } else { 13197 EltTy = T; 13198 } 13199 13200 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13201 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13202 // value, then increment. 13203 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13204 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13205 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13206 ++EnumVal; 13207 13208 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13209 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13210 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13211 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13212 // integral type. 13213 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13214 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13215 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13216 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13217 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13218 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13219 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13220 } 13221 } 13222 } 13223 13224 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13225 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13226 // enumerator's type. 13227 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13228 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13229 } 13230 13231 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13232 Val, EnumVal); 13233 } 13234 13235 13236 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13237 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13238 AttributeList *Attr, 13239 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13240 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13241 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13242 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13243 13244 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13245 // we find one that is. 13246 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13247 13248 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13249 // scope. 13250 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13251 ForRedeclaration); 13252 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13253 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13254 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13255 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13256 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13257 } 13258 13259 if (PrevDecl) { 13260 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13261 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13262 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13263 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13264 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13265 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13266 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13267 else 13268 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13269 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13270 return nullptr; 13271 } 13272 } 13273 13274 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13275 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13276 // different from T: 13277 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13278 // enumerated type 13279 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 13280 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 13281 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13282 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 13283 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 13284 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 13285 13286 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13287 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13288 13289 if (New) { 13290 // Process attributes. 13291 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13292 13293 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13294 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13295 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13296 } 13297 13298 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13299 13300 return New; 13301 } 13302 13303 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13304 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13305 // Element2 = Element1 13306 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13307 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13308 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13309 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13310 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13311 if (!InitExpr) 13312 return true; 13313 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13314 13315 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13316 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13317 return true; 13318 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13319 if (!IL) 13320 return true; 13321 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13322 return true; 13323 13324 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13325 } 13326 13327 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13328 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13329 if (!DRE) 13330 return true; 13331 13332 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13333 if (!EnumConstant) 13334 return true; 13335 13336 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13337 Enum) 13338 return true; 13339 13340 return false; 13341 } 13342 13343 struct DupKey { 13344 int64_t val; 13345 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13346 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13347 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13348 }; 13349 13350 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13351 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13352 false); 13353 } 13354 13355 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13356 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13357 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13358 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13359 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13360 } 13361 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13362 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13363 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13364 } 13365 }; 13366 13367 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13368 // a previous element has already been set to. 13369 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13370 EnumDecl *Enum, 13371 QualType EnumType) { 13372 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13373 return; 13374 // Avoid anonymous enums 13375 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13376 return; 13377 13378 // Only check for small enums. 13379 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13380 return; 13381 13382 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13383 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13384 13385 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13386 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13387 ValueToVectorMap; 13388 13389 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13390 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13391 13392 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13393 // an initialier. 13394 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13395 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13396 13397 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13398 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13399 if (!ECD) { 13400 return; 13401 } 13402 13403 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13404 continue; 13405 13406 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13407 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13408 13409 // First time encountering this value. 13410 if (Entry.isNull()) 13411 Entry = ECD; 13412 } 13413 13414 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13415 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13416 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13417 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13418 continue; 13419 13420 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13421 13422 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13423 if (Entry.isNull()) 13424 continue; 13425 13426 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13427 // Ensure constants are different. 13428 if (D == ECD) 13429 continue; 13430 13431 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13432 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13433 Vec->push_back(D); 13434 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13435 13436 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13437 Entry = Vec; 13438 13439 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13440 // diagnostics. 13441 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13442 continue; 13443 } 13444 13445 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13446 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13447 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13448 continue; 13449 13450 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13451 } 13452 13453 // Emit diagnostics. 13454 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13455 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13456 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13457 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13458 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13459 13460 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13461 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13462 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13463 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13464 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13465 ++I; 13466 13467 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13468 // the same value. 13469 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13470 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13471 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13472 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13473 delete Vec; 13474 } 13475 } 13476 13477 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13478 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13479 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13480 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13481 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13482 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13483 13484 if (Attr) 13485 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13486 13487 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13488 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13489 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13490 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13491 if (!ECD) continue; 13492 13493 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13494 } 13495 13496 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13497 return; 13498 } 13499 13500 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13501 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13502 // emit a warning. 13503 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13504 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13505 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13506 13507 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13508 // reverse the list. 13509 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13510 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13511 13512 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13513 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13514 13515 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13516 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13517 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13518 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13519 13520 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13521 13522 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13523 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13524 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13525 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13526 else 13527 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13528 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13529 13530 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13531 if (AllElementsInt) 13532 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 13533 } 13534 13535 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 13536 QualType BestType; 13537 unsigned BestWidth; 13538 13539 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 13540 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 13541 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 13542 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 13543 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 13544 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 13545 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 13546 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 13547 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 13548 QualType BestPromotionType; 13549 13550 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 13551 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 13552 // enum definitions. 13553 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 13554 Packed = true; 13555 13556 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13557 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13558 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 13559 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 13560 else 13561 BestPromotionType = BestType; 13562 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 13563 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 13564 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 13565 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13566 } 13567 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 13568 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 13569 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 13570 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13571 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 13572 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 13573 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13574 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 13575 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 13576 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 13577 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13578 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 13579 BestType = Context.IntTy; 13580 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13581 } else { 13582 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 13583 13584 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 13585 BestType = Context.LongTy; 13586 } else { 13587 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13588 13589 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 13590 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 13591 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 13592 } 13593 } 13594 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 13595 } else { 13596 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 13597 // all of the enumerator values. 13598 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13599 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13600 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13601 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13602 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13603 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13604 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13605 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13606 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13607 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13608 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13609 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13610 BestPromotionType 13611 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13612 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13613 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13614 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13615 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13616 BestPromotionType 13617 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13618 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13619 } else { 13620 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13621 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13622 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13623 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13624 BestPromotionType 13625 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13626 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13627 } 13628 } 13629 13630 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13631 // the type of the enum if needed. 13632 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13633 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13634 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13635 13636 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13637 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13638 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13639 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13640 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13641 13642 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13643 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13644 13645 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13646 // the enum decl type. 13647 QualType NewTy; 13648 unsigned NewWidth; 13649 bool NewSign; 13650 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13651 !Enum->isFixed() && 13652 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13653 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13654 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13655 NewSign = true; 13656 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13657 // Already the right type! 13658 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13659 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13660 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13661 // enumeration. 13662 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13663 continue; 13664 } else { 13665 NewTy = BestType; 13666 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13667 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13668 } 13669 13670 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13671 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13672 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13673 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13674 13675 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13676 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13677 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13678 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13679 CK_IntegralCast, 13680 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13681 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 13682 VK_RValue)); 13683 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13684 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13685 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13686 // enumeration. 13687 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13688 else 13689 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13690 } 13691 13692 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13693 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13694 13695 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13696 13697 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 13698 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 13699 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 13700 } 13701 13702 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 13703 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13704 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13705 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13706 13707 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13708 AsmString, StartLoc, 13709 EndLoc); 13710 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13711 return New; 13712 } 13713 13714 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13715 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13716 DeclContext *DC) { 13717 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13718 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13719 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13720 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13721 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13722 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13723 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13724 return; 13725 } 13726 break; 13727 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13728 break; 13729 } 13730 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13731 } 13732 13733 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13734 DC = DC->getParent(); 13735 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13736 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13737 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 13738 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 13739 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13740 << DC; 13741 } 13742 } 13743 13744 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 13745 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13746 ModuleIdPath Path) { 13747 Module *Mod = 13748 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 13749 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 13750 if (!Mod) 13751 return true; 13752 13753 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13754 13755 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 13756 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 13757 // silently ignoring the import. 13758 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 13759 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 13760 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 13761 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 13762 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 13763 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 13764 13765 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13766 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13767 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13768 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13769 // We need the length to be consistent. 13770 if (!ModCheck) 13771 break; 13772 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13773 13774 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13775 } 13776 13777 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13778 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13779 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13780 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13781 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13782 return Import; 13783 } 13784 13785 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13786 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13787 13788 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13789 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13790 /*Complain=*/true); 13791 } 13792 13793 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 13794 Module *Mod) { 13795 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 13796 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 13797 return; 13798 13799 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13800 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13801 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13802 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13803 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13804 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13805 13806 // Make the module visible. 13807 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13808 /*Complain=*/false); 13809 } 13810 13811 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13812 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13813 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13814 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13815 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13816 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13817 LookupOrdinaryName); 13818 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13819 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13820 13821 if (PrevDecl) 13822 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13823 else 13824 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13825 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13826 } 13827 13828 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13829 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13830 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13831 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13832 13833 if (PrevDecl) { 13834 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13835 } else { 13836 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13837 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13838 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 13839 } 13840 } 13841 13842 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13843 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13844 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13845 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13846 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13847 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13848 LookupOrdinaryName); 13849 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13850 13851 if (PrevDecl) { 13852 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13853 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13854 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13855 } else { 13856 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13857 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13858 } 13859 } 13860 13861 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13862 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13863 } 13864 13865 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13866 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13867 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 13868 // both the availability of the method as well as the 13869 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 13870 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 13871 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 13872 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 13873 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 13874 if (R != AR_Available) 13875 return R; 13876 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 13877 } 13878 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 13879 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 13880 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 13881 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 13882 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 13883 } 13884 // Recover from user error. 13885 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 13886 } 13887